{"title":"Oak","description":"\u003cp\u003eOak timber is a premium hardwood choice for builders, craftspeople, and homeowners across the UK. Its strength, durability, and distinctive grain make it ideal for structural projects, bespoke joinery, and interior design. Nottage Timber Merchants stocks quality oak in a range of specifications to suit your requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOak Timber for Quality UK Projects\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePremium Hardwood Quality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOak timber is renowned for its exceptional durability and natural beauty. As a hardwood, it offers outstanding strength and resistance to wear, making oak timber the preferred choice for demanding applications. Whether you're working on structural elements, fine joinery, or architectural features, oak wood UK suppliers like Nottage deliver consistent quality. Our stock includes both air-dried and kiln-dried grades, carefully selected to meet professional standards. Oak's rich colour and prominent grain pattern develop character over time, adding lasting value to any project.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStructural Oak and Beyond\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStructural oak timber forms the backbone of many traditional and contemporary builds. Its load-bearing capacity and inherent strength make it ideal for frames, beams, and posts. Hardwood oak also excels in bespoke applications, from feature cladding to custom furniture. As a timber merchant serving the UK, we understand the diverse demands of each project. Our team can advise on grading, moisture content, and specification to ensure your structural oak timber performs reliably. From heritage restoration to modern construction, oak remains a go-to material for professionals who value quality and longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.timberonline.co.uk\/collections\/rustic-oak-mantels-shelves\"\u003eExplore our range of rustic oak mantels and shelves for interior design inspiration and bespoke joinery projects.\u003c\/a\u003e \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.timberonline.co.uk\/collections\/construction-timber\"\u003eView our full construction timber selection to find complementary materials and structural grades for your build.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eChoosing the Right Oak Grade\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelecting the correct oak beam or timber grade depends on your specific application. For structural work, strength grading and moisture content are critical considerations. Interior joinery and decorative elements may prioritize appearance and workability. Nottage Timber Merchants holds stock across multiple grades and specifications, ensuring you find the right material without compromise. Our experienced team is here to discuss your project requirements and recommend the most suitable oak wood for your needs. We supply to builders, architects, and discerning customers who understand that quality timber delivers superior results and genuine value.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"rustic-oak-railway-sleepers-100mm-x-200mm-x-2400mm","title":"Rustic Oak Railway Sleepers 100mm x 200mm x 2.4m","description":"\u003cp\u003eRustic oak railway sleepers measuring 100mm x 200mm x 2.4m offer solid, naturally durable timber for structural garden landscaping. Each sleeper is solid oak throughout, requiring no pressure treatment, and carries the surface character typical of green oak construction timber.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProperty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEuropean Oak\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTreatment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUntreated, naturally durable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRustic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSawn\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNominal Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100mm x 200mm x 2.4m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRectangular section\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUse Class\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUC3 \/ UC4 suitable (above and below ground contact)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's used for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRaised vegetable and flower beds where soil contact resistance matters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRetaining walls and terracing on sloped gardens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGarden steps and pathway edging with a natural, heavy-duty finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFencing and landscaping features requiring a substantial timber section\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and handling\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eOak railway sleepers are heavy, typically requiring two people to manoeuvre safely on site. For raised beds and retaining walls, pre-drill clearance holes before fixing with structural screws or threaded rods to prevent splitting. If you intend to oil the surface to retain the warm brown tone, apply a hardwood decking oil within a few weeks of installation before the oak begins to weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill these oak sleepers rot if used in direct soil contact?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOak is classified as a naturally durable hardwood and performs well in ground contact without chemical treatment. Some surface checking and greying will occur over time, but this is cosmetic and does not affect the structural integrity of the sleeper.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between rustic grade and a sawn sleeper?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRustic grade sleepers carry natural surface character including grain variation, checks, and colour difference between boards. They meet the same structural requirements as standard sawn sleepers but are not selected for a uniform appearance, which suits most landscaping applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does a 100mm x 200mm x 2.4m oak sleeper weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eGreen oak is considerably heavier than dried timber. A sleeper at these dimensions typically weighs in the region of 55 to 70kg depending on moisture content, so plan your delivery access and lifting arrangements accordingly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full range of \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/railway-sleepers\"\u003erailway sleepers at Nottage Timber Merchants\u003c\/a\u003e, available for collection from our Bridgend yard or delivery across South Wales, with next-day options available to many local postcodes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will these oak sleepers rot if used in direct soil contact?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Oak is classified as a naturally durable hardwood and performs well in ground contact without chemical treatment. Some surface checking and greying will occur over time, but this is cosmetic and does not affect the structural integrity of the sleeper.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between rustic grade and a sawn sleeper?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Rustic grade sleepers carry natural surface character including grain variation, checks, and colour difference between boards. They meet the same structural requirements as standard sawn sleepers but are not selected for a uniform appearance, which suits most landscaping applications.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How much does a 100mm x 200mm x 2.4m oak sleeper weigh?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Green oak is considerably heavier than dried timber. A sleeper at these dimensions typically weighs in the region of 55 to 70kg depending on moisture content, so plan your delivery access and lifting arrangements accordingly.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Nottage Timber Merchants","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52565645689169,"sku":"SLEEPEROAK","price":45.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/1467\/1697\/files\/OakSleeper.jpg?v=1772461078"},{"product_id":"engineered-white-oak-newel-post-90mm-x-90mm-x-1500mm","title":"Engineered White Oak Newel Post 90mm x 90mm x 1500mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eEngineered white oak newel posts in 90mm x 90mm section offer the appearance of solid oak with significantly better dimensional stability. Built with a laminated oak core and 8mm solid white oak outer faces, this post resists twisting, warping, and splitting, making it a reliable choice for staircases and landing balustrades in quality interior joinery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProperty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEngineered white oak (laminated core, solid white oak faces)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFace Thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8mm solid white oak outer faces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNominal Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90mm x 90mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLengths Available\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500mm, 2100mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare section newel post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's used for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain staircase newel posts at the bottom, top, or turn of a flight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLanding newel posts where a continuous handrail changes direction or terminates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeature newels in open-plan hallways and split-level interiors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixing point for oak handrails, base rails, and spindles in traditional or contemporary balustrade systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and handling\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow the post to acclimatise in the installation environment for at least 48 hours before fitting, keeping it flat and supported along its length to prevent any movement. Fix securely through the newel base into a solid structural fixing point, whether a floor joist, string, or newel bolt arrangement, to ensure the balustrade meets building regulations for loadbearing. The solid white oak faces accept oil finishes, hard wax oils, varnishes, and water-based stains evenly, so finishing to match existing oak joinery is straightforward.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs engineered oak as strong as solid oak for a newel post?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The laminated core construction distributes stress across multiple layers of oak, which reduces the risk of splitting or twisting compared with a single solid section. The 8mm solid white oak faces mean the visible surfaces behave and finish exactly like solid oak.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I cut this newel post to a shorter length on site?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Both the 1500mm and 2100mm lengths can be cross-cut on site with a mitre saw or hand saw. Cut from the base end where possible so the top profile remains intact. Seal any cut ends with a suitable end-grain sealer or finishing oil before installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the 1500mm and 2100mm options?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 1500mm post suits most standard ground-floor newel applications where a finished post height of around 900mm to 1000mm is required, allowing for a morticed or bolted base fixing. The 2100mm length is suited to taller landings, feature staircases, or installations where a longer uncut section is needed to achieve the finished height after trimming.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is engineered oak as strong as solid oak for a newel post?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. The laminated core construction distributes stress across multiple layers of oak, which reduces the risk of splitting or twisting compared with a single solid section. The 8mm solid white oak faces mean the visible surfaces behave and finish exactly like solid oak.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I cut this newel post to a shorter length on site?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Both the 1500mm and 2100mm lengths can be cross-cut on site with a mitre saw or hand saw. Cut from the base end where possible so the top profile remains intact. Seal any cut ends with a suitable end-grain sealer or finishing oil before installation.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between the 1500mm and 2100mm options?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The 1500mm post suits most standard ground-floor newel applications where a finished post height of around 900mm to 1000mm is required. The 2100mm length is suited to taller landings, feature staircases, or installations where a longer uncut section is needed to achieve the finished height after trimming.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full range of oak balustrade components in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/newel-posts\"\u003enewel posts collection\u003c\/a\u003e. Nottage Timber Merchants supply trade and retail customers across South Wales, with next-day delivery available to the Bridgend area and surrounding regions.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nottage Timber Merchants","offers":[{"title":"1500mm","offer_id":53161700852049,"sku":"THINK0009","price":67.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"2100mm","offer_id":53161701835089,"sku":null,"price":117.84,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/1467\/1697\/files\/solid-white-oak-1.5m-full-newel-post-90mm-x-90mm-square-edge-21297-dv-p.png?v=1771602954"},{"product_id":"oak-faced-preformed-bullnose-riser-220mm-1030mm","title":"Oak Faced Preformed Bullnose Riser 220mm x 1030mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe oak faced preformed bullnose riser (220mm x 1030mm) is a ready-machined stair cladding component designed to produce a clean, curved profile at the starting step of an internal staircase. With a 95mm external radius, it removes the need for site machining and delivers a consistent finish straight from the pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProperty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOak faced\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBullnose, 95mm external radius\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall Length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1030mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReturn\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e220mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSanded, ready to finish on site\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal staircase only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's used for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eForming the curved riser at the starting step of a new or replacement staircase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMatching existing oak stair treads and flooring during a refurbishment or renovation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProviding a factory-machined bullnose detail on bespoke joinery staircases in both modern and traditional interiors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacing a damaged or worn riser on an oak stair cladding scheme without the need for workshop machining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and handling\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow the riser to acclimatise in the room where it will be installed for at least 48 hours before fixing, keeping it flat and supported along its full length to prevent distortion. Fix using a suitable wood adhesive combined with concealed fixings or panel pins, ensuring the substrate is clean, dry, and structurally sound before application. Once fitted, apply your chosen oil, lacquer, or wax finish to seal the oak face and protect it from everyday wear, working with the grain for an even result.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this riser match standard oak stair treads available from Nottage Timber Merchants?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe oak faced finish is compatible with most standard oak stair tread and riser components, though natural timber variation means grain and colour can differ slightly between boards. We recommend ordering treads and risers from the same batch where possible to keep the match as close as you can.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I cut this bullnose riser down to a shorter width on site?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the 1030mm length can be trimmed to suit your staircase width using a fine-tooth saw blade. Always support the piece fully when cutting and sand any cut edges smooth before finishing to avoid splintering the oak face veneer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this riser suitable for a curved or winder staircase?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis component is designed for use on straight starting steps and is not suitable for bending around curved or winder treads. For shaped staircase work, speak to our team at Nottage Timber Merchants who can advise on appropriate alternatives.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will this riser match standard oak stair treads available from Nottage Timber Merchants?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The oak faced finish is compatible with most standard oak stair tread and riser components, though natural timber variation means grain and colour can differ slightly between boards. We recommend ordering treads and risers from the same batch where possible to keep the match as close as you can.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I cut this bullnose riser down to a shorter width on site?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, the 1030mm length can be trimmed to suit your staircase width using a fine-tooth saw blade. Always support the piece fully when cutting and sand any cut edges smooth before finishing to avoid splintering the oak face veneer.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is this riser suitable for a curved or winder staircase?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"This component is designed for use on straight starting steps and is not suitable for bending around curved or winder treads. For shaped staircase work, speak to our team at Nottage Timber Merchants who can advise on appropriate alternatives.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full range of \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/oak-mouldings\"\u003eoak mouldings and stair cladding components\u003c\/a\u003e at Nottage Timber Merchants, with next-day delivery available to Bridgend and across South Wales on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nottage Timber Merchants","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52565717385553,"sku":"BNROAK","price":42.17,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/1467\/1697\/files\/oak-bullnose-stair-riser-single-end-220x1030mm-30550-p.jpg?v=1770901554"},{"product_id":"solid-white-oak-newel-post-cladding-kit-90mm","title":"Solid White Oak Newel Post Cladding Kit for 90mm Newels","description":"\u003cp\u003eSolid white oak newel post cladding kits for 90mm square newels let you refresh an existing staircase post with a natural oak finish without removing it. Each kit uses mitred-edge pieces fixed with adhesive for a flush, seamless result on internal staircases.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProperty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolid white oak\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMitred edge cladding\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFits\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90mm square newel posts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLengths available\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500mm, 2400mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's used for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCladding existing 90mm newel posts during staircase refurbishments where replacement is not practical\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMatching oak handrails, baserails, and stair treads for a consistent finish throughout a hallway or landing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpdating a painted or damaged newel post with a solid oak face without structural work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplementing oak flooring or other joinery in open-plan living areas where the staircase is a focal point\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and handling\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow the oak to acclimatise in the room where it will be fitted for at least 48 hours before installation, particularly in centrally heated homes where timber movement is more pronounced. The mitred pieces are designed to be bonded with a suitable wood adhesive, applied to a clean, dry surface, and held firmly while the adhesive cures. Once fixed, the cladding can be sanded and finished with oil, wax, or a clear lacquer to suit your existing oak joinery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this kit fit a newel post that is already in place on my staircase?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The cladding is designed specifically to be applied over an existing 90mm square newel post without the need to remove or replace it. The mitred edges meet flush when the pieces are bonded correctly, giving a clean finish around all four faces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich length should I choose, 1500mm or 2400mm?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the visible height of your newel post from floor level or the base rail to the top. If your post is a standard landing or base newel up to roughly 1400mm tall, the 1500mm kit should be sufficient. For taller newels or if you need to cover additional height, choose the 2400mm option.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I stain or oil this cladding to match my existing oak stair parts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Because this is solid white oak rather than a veneer or laminate, it takes oils, waxes, and stains in the same way as other solid oak stair components. We recommend finishing with the same product used on your handrail or treads for the closest colour match.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will this kit fit a newel post that is already in place on my staircase?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. The cladding is designed specifically to be applied over an existing 90mm square newel post without the need to remove or replace it. The mitred edges meet flush when the pieces are bonded correctly, giving a clean finish around all four faces.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which length should I choose, 1500mm or 2400mm?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Measure the visible height of your newel post from floor level or the base rail to the top. If your post is a standard landing or base newel up to roughly 1400mm tall, the 1500mm kit should be sufficient. For taller newels or if you need to cover additional height, choose the 2400mm option.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I stain or oil this cladding to match my existing oak stair parts?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Because this is solid white oak rather than a veneer or laminate, it takes oils, waxes, and stains in the same way as other solid oak stair components. We recommend finishing with the same product used on your handrail or treads for the closest colour match.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse our full range of \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/newel-posts\"\u003eoak and pine newel posts\u003c\/a\u003e at Nottage Timber Merchants. We supply trade and retail customers across Bridgend and South Wales, with next-day delivery available to many local postcodes.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nottage Timber Merchants","offers":[{"title":"1500mm","offer_id":53217539850577,"sku":"THINK0008","price":84.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"2400mm","offer_id":53217554530641,"sku":null,"price":129.8,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/1467\/1697\/files\/oakcladding.webp?v=1771603061"},{"product_id":"engineered-oak-handrail-11mm-groove-glass-panels-58x58mm-4200mm","title":"Engineered Oak Handrail 11mm Glass Groove 58x58mm 4200mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eEngineered oak handrail with an 11mm glass groove, supplied in a 58x58mm section and 4200mm length, is designed for glass panel balustrade systems on staircases and landings. The glue-laminated core delivers reliable dimensional stability, while the solid oak outer face allows sanding and refinishing over the life of the installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProperty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEngineered oak, glue-laminated core with solid oak outer face\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNominal Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e58mm x 58mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4200mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare section with 11mm central glass groove\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnfinished, ready for stain, oil, or lacquer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal glass panel balustrade systems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's used for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop rail for glass panel staircase balustrades in new-build and renovation projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLanding balustrade handrail where a frameless or semi-frameless glass infill is specified\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacement handrail where an existing grooved rail has degraded or is undersized for 11mm toughened glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeature handrails in open-plan interiors where a continuous oak rail over glass panels is required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and handling\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow the handrail to acclimatise in the room where it will be fitted for at least 48 hours before installation, keeping it flat and supported along its full length to prevent any movement prior to fixing. The 11mm groove is machined to accept standard 11mm toughened or laminated glass panels, which should be seated with appropriate glazing tape or clear silicone to prevent rattling and to protect the glass edge. Once fitted, finish with a hard-wearing interior wood oil or lacquer, applying to all faces including the groove to protect against moisture ingress in areas such as entrance halls.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this handrail fit 10mm toughened glass panels?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe groove is machined to 11mm, so 10mm glass will sit loosely without packing. Use 1mm glazing tape on each face of the glass to take up the tolerance and prevent movement. If you are specifying new glass, order 11mm toughened panels to match the groove directly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I cut this engineered oak handrail to a shorter length on site?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The rail can be cross-cut on site with a fine-tooth saw. Because the oak outer face runs the full length of the section, cut ends will show the laminated core, so fit an oak end cap or mitre the joint where the cut end will be visible. Nottage Timber Merchants can also supply the rail cut to your specified length - contact us before ordering if you need a non-standard length.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs engineered oak handrail more stable than solid oak?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, in most practical situations. The glue-laminated construction resists the cupping, twisting, and seasonal movement that can affect solid timber, making it a better choice for long continuous runs and centrally heated interiors. The solid oak face layer is thick enough to sand and refinish multiple times without breaking through to the core.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse our full range of \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/oak-mouldings\"\u003eoak mouldings and oak joinery profiles\u003c\/a\u003e at Nottage Timber Merchants. We supply trade and retail customers across South Wales, with next-day delivery available to Bridgend and surrounding areas on stocked lengths.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will this handrail fit 10mm toughened glass panels?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The groove is machined to 11mm, so 10mm glass will sit loosely without packing. Use 1mm glazing tape on each face of the glass to take up the tolerance and prevent movement. If you are specifying new glass, order 11mm toughened panels to match the groove directly.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I cut this engineered oak handrail to a shorter length on site?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. The rail can be cross-cut on site with a fine-tooth saw. Because the oak outer face runs the full length of the section, cut ends will show the laminated core, so fit an oak end cap or mitre the joint where the cut end will be visible. Nottage Timber Merchants can also supply the rail cut to your specified length - contact us before ordering if you need a non-standard length.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is engineered oak handrail more stable than solid oak?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, in most practical situations. The glue-laminated construction resists the cupping, twisting, and seasonal movement that can affect solid timber, making it a better choice for long continuous runs and centrally heated interiors. The solid oak face layer is thick enough to sand and refinish multiple times without breaking through to the core.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Nottage Timber Merchants","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52565900656977,"sku":"THINK0022","price":137.36,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/1467\/1697\/files\/i-xqz2s2x-5k-scaled-1__94543.1687335416.1280.1280.jpg?v=1765211322"},{"product_id":"engineered-oak-handrail-58mm-x-58mm-x-4200mm-41mm-x-8mm-spindle-groove","title":"Engineered Oak Handrail 41mm x 8mm Spindle Groove 58mm x 58mm x 4200mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eEngineered oak handrail 58mm x 58mm x 4200mm with a precision-machined 41mm x 8mm spindle groove offers a stable, ready-to-finish solution for both traditional and contemporary staircase balustrade systems, giving a clean, professional result on site.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProperty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEngineered oak (glue-laminated core, solid oak face)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNominal Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e58mm x 58mm x 4200mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle Groove\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e41mm x 8mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare section with machined spindle groove\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnfinished (ready for stain, oil, or lacquer)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUse Class\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat it is used for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop rail on internal staircase balustrade systems accepting 41mm square spindles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLanding balustrade runs where a consistent, knot-free oak face is required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRenovation projects replacing worn or damaged handrails on existing staircases\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew-build stair installations where dimensional stability matters more than solid timber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and handling\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow the handrail to acclimatise inside the property for at least 48 hours before fixing, keeping it flat and supported along its full length to prevent any temporary bow settling in.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 41mm x 8mm groove is machined to accept standard square spindles directly, so no additional routing is needed on site; fix the rail using appropriate brackets or a newel-post connection, ensuring the groove is aligned plumb with the baserail below.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnce fitted, finish with a hardwearing internal oil or lacquer suited to a high-contact surface, sanding back lightly between coats; the solid oak face layer is thick enough to withstand light re-sanding in future without breaking through to the engineered core.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size spindles fit the groove in this handrail?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe groove is machined at 41mm wide by 8mm deep, which is the standard dimension for 41mm square oak or pine spindles used in most UK balustrade systems. Check your spindle width before ordering if you are using a non-standard profile.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this handrail be used outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This handrail is designed for internal use only. The glue-laminated engineered core is not rated for external exposure, and prolonged moisture would compromise the bond and the oak face. For external applications, a hardwood species suitable for outdoor use would be required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs engineered oak as strong as solid oak for a handrail?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor a handrail application, engineered oak performs comparably to solid oak in normal use. The cross-laminated construction actually reduces the risk of twisting, cupping, or splitting that can occur in solid timber over time, making it a reliable choice for staircases in centrally heated homes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What size spindles fit the groove in this handrail?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The groove is machined at 41mm wide by 8mm deep, which is the standard dimension for 41mm square oak or pine spindles used in most UK balustrade systems. Check your spindle width before ordering if you are using a non-standard profile.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can this handrail be used outdoors?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. This handrail is designed for internal use only. The glue-laminated engineered core is not rated for external exposure, and prolonged moisture would compromise the bond and the oak face.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is engineered oak as strong as solid oak for a handrail?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"For a handrail application, engineered oak performs comparably to solid oak in normal use. The cross-laminated construction reduces the risk of twisting, cupping, or splitting that can occur in solid timber over time, making it a reliable choice for staircases in centrally heated homes.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis handrail pairs directly with our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/baserail\"\u003eoak baserail range\u003c\/a\u003e and matching newel posts to complete your balustrade build. Nottage Timber Merchants supplies trade and retail customers across South Wales, with next-day delivery available to the Bridgend area on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nottage Timber Merchants","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52565901410641,"sku":"THINK0013","price":147.6,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/1467\/1697\/files\/oak-handrail-58x58-1-scaled__23995.1687335416.1280.1280.jpg?v=1765211342"},{"product_id":"engineered-oak-base-rail-for-glass-brackets-58mm-x-28mm-x-4200mm","title":"Engineered Oak Base Rail for Glass Brackets 58mm x 28mm x 4200mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eEngineered oak base rail for glass brackets provides a stable, attractive foundation for modern stair balustrade systems. Measuring 58mm x 28mm x 4200mm, this rail accepts standard glass clamps and bracket fixings, combining the warmth of real oak with the dimensional reliability of a glue-laminated engineered core.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProperty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEngineered oak - glue-laminated core with solid real oak outer face\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNominal Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e58mm x 28mm x 4200mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase rail, flat section machined to accept glass brackets and clamps\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnfinished - ready for staining, oiling, or lacquering on site\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite oak outer face - a fine joint line will be visible where faces meet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's used for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom rail in open-tread staircase balustrade systems using glass infill panels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStructural base for glass clamp and standoff bracket installations on landing balustrades\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacement or new-build base rail where a clean, minimal aesthetic is required alongside timber newels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePaired with matching oak handrail and newel post components to complete a coordinated stair system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and handling\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow the rail to acclimatise in the installation environment for at least 48 hours before fixing, particularly in heated interiors, to minimise any movement after fitting. Secure to the substrate using appropriate structural adhesive and mechanical fixings through pre-drilled clearance holes, following your glass bracket manufacturer's installation guide for centre spacings. Once fitted, apply your chosen finish - oil, hard wax, or lacquer - to all faces including the underside to help equalise moisture exchange and reduce the risk of cupping over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this base rail be sanded back and refinished after installation?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The solid real oak outer face is substantially thicker than a veneer, so it will tolerate careful sanding and re-oiling or re-lacquering without risk of breaking through to the engineered core beneath.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the joint line on engineered oak be visible once the rail is finished?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA fine joint line where the outer faces meet is a natural characteristic of engineered oak. In most installations it is barely noticeable once a finish is applied, but if a fully clear grain appearance is critical, a solid oak alternative may be more suitable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat glass bracket types are compatible with this rail?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis rail is designed for use with standard surface-mounted or through-fixed glass clamp brackets. Always check the bracket manufacturer's minimum timber thickness requirements - at 28mm this rail is compatible with the majority of clamp systems available in the UK market, but confirm with your specific bracket supplier before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can this base rail be sanded back and refinished after installation?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. The solid real oak outer face is substantially thicker than a veneer, so it will tolerate careful sanding and re-oiling or re-lacquering without risk of breaking through to the engineered core beneath.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will the joint line on engineered oak be visible once the rail is finished?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"A fine joint line where the outer faces meet is a natural characteristic of engineered oak. In most installations it is barely noticeable once a finish is applied, but if a fully clear grain appearance is critical, a solid oak alternative may be more suitable.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What glass bracket types are compatible with this rail?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"This rail is designed for use with standard surface-mounted or through-fixed glass clamp brackets. Always check the bracket manufacturer's minimum timber thickness requirements - at 28mm this rail is compatible with the majority of clamp systems available in the UK market, but confirm with your specific bracket supplier before ordering.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full range of \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/baserail\"\u003eoak and pine base rails\u003c\/a\u003e at Nottage Timber Merchants. We supply trade and retail customers throughout Bridgend and South Wales, with next-day delivery available across the local area - contact us if you need a non-standard length or a quantity quote.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nottage Timber Merchants","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52565907734865,"sku":"THINK0014","price":87.86,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/1467\/1697\/files\/brr2400gwo.jpg?v=1769590179"},{"product_id":"engineered-oak-base-rail-11mm-groove-glass-panels-58x28mm-4200mm","title":"Engineered Oak Base Rail 11mm Groove for Glass 58x28mm 4200mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis engineered oak base rail features a precision-machined 11mm groove to accept glass panels in stair and balustrade systems. Measuring 58mm x 28mm x 4200mm, it provides a stable, floor-level channel for frameless or semi-frameless glass balustrade installations in both residential and commercial settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProperty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEngineered oak (glue-laminated core with solid oak face)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite oak face\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnfinished (ready to sand and oil or lacquer on site)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNominal Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e58mm x 28mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4200mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase rail with 11mm glass groove\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's used for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFloor-level base rail in glass balustrade systems on staircases and landings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStructural channel rail for 10mm or 10.8mm toughened or laminated glass panels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContemporary open-plan mezzanine and gallery balustrade installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacement or upgrade base rail where a stable, dimensionally consistent timber is needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and handling\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow the rail to acclimatise in the installation environment for a minimum of 48 hours before fixing, keeping it laid flat and away from direct heat sources such as underfloor heating zones and radiators. The 11mm groove should be checked against your glass panel thickness before fitting; use appropriate glass setting blocks and a compatible structural adhesive or mechanical fixings at centres recommended by your balustrade system supplier. Once fitted, finish with a hard-wearing oil or lacquer suited to internal joinery to protect the oak face and maintain its appearance over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this base rail accept 10mm toughened glass?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe groove is machined to 11mm, which is the standard clearance size for 10mm toughened or 10.8mm laminated safety glass. Glass setting blocks are recommended to centralise the panel and allow for any minor tolerance variation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the engineered oak face be sanded and refinished?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The solid oak face layer is substantially thicker than a decorative veneer, so it can be sanded back and refinished with oil or lacquer without risk of breaking through to the core. This makes it practical for renovation projects where the timber needs to match existing flooring or joinery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this suitable for external use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis rail is intended for internal use only. The glue-laminated engineered construction and unfinished oak face are not rated for exposure to moisture or outdoor conditions. For external balustrade applications, a treated hardwood or composite profile would be more appropriate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full range of compatible components in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/baserail\"\u003ebase rail collection\u003c\/a\u003e at Nottage Timber Merchants. We hold stock locally in Bridgend and offer next-day delivery across South Wales, so you can keep your project on schedule.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will this base rail accept 10mm toughened glass?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The groove is machined to 11mm, which is the standard clearance size for 10mm toughened or 10.8mm laminated safety glass. Glass setting blocks are recommended to centralise the panel and allow for any minor tolerance variation.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can the engineered oak face be sanded and refinished?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. The solid oak face layer is substantially thicker than a decorative veneer, so it can be sanded back and refinished with oil or lacquer without risk of breaking through to the core. This makes it practical for renovation projects where the timber needs to match existing flooring or joinery.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is this suitable for external use?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"This rail is intended for internal use only. The glue-laminated engineered construction and unfinished oak face are not rated for exposure to moisture or outdoor conditions. For external balustrade applications, a treated hardwood or composite profile would be more appropriate.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Nottage Timber Merchants","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52565908488529,"sku":"THINK0023","price":81.72,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/1467\/1697\/files\/i-xqz2s2x-5k-scaled-1__08866.1687335416.1280.1280.jpg?v=1765211422"},{"product_id":"engineered-oak-baserail-41mm-x-8mm-groove-spindles-58mm-x-28mm-x-4200mm","title":"Engineered Oak Baserail 41mm x 8mm Spindle Groove 58mm x 28mm x 4200mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis engineered oak baserail, 58mm x 28mm x 4200mm, is machined with a 41mm x 8mm groove to locate square spindles accurately at floor level, giving a clean, professional finish to any staircase or landing balustrade installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProperty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEngineered oak (glue-laminated core with solid oak face)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNominal Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e58mm x 28mm x 4200mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBaserail with 41mm x 8mm spindle groove\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4200mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnfinished, sanded face ready for staining or lacquering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJoinery grade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's used for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFloor-level baserail for staircase balustrade systems, locating square spindles consistently along the full run\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLanding balustrades where a continuous grooved rail is needed to align spindles between newel posts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacement of worn or damaged baserails on existing staircases where matching an oak finish is required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew-build and renovation staircase joinery where dimensional stability in centrally heated homes is a priority\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and handling\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow the baserail to acclimatise in the room where it will be installed for at least 48 hours before fixing, particularly in centrally heated properties, to minimise any movement after fitting. Fix securely between newel posts using appropriate adhesive and countersunk screws, ensuring the groove faces upward to accept the spindle feet squarely. The solid oak face is thick enough to sand back and refinish if the rail is marked during installation or over time, using a fine-grit paper followed by your choice of oil, wax, or lacquer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size spindles fit the groove in this baserail?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe groove measures 41mm wide by 8mm deep and is designed to accept standard 41mm square-section spindles. It is the most common spindle size used in UK staircase joinery, so it is compatible with the majority of off-the-shelf oak and pine spindle ranges.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs engineered oak as durable as solid oak for a baserail?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor interior staircase use, engineered oak performs very well. The glue-laminated core resists the twisting and splitting that can affect solid timber in fluctuating humidity, while the real oak face delivers the same appearance and can be sanded and refinished in the same way as a fully solid rail.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this baserail be cut down to a shorter length on site?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. At 4200mm, the rail is long enough to cover most staircase runs and can be crosscut cleanly on site with a fine-tooth mitre saw. Any cut ends should be treated with a compatible sealant or finish before fitting to protect the exposed core.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full range of \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/baserail\"\u003ebaserails and staircase components\u003c\/a\u003e at Nottage Timber Merchants. We supply trade and retail customers across Bridgend and South Wales, with next-day delivery available to many local postcodes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What size spindles fit the groove in this baserail?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The groove measures 41mm wide by 8mm deep and is designed to accept standard 41mm square-section spindles. It is the most common spindle size used in UK staircase joinery, so it is compatible with the majority of off-the-shelf oak and pine spindle ranges.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is engineered oak as durable as solid oak for a baserail?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"For interior staircase use, engineered oak performs very well. The glue-laminated core resists the twisting and splitting that can affect solid timber in fluctuating humidity, while the real oak face delivers the same appearance and can be sanded and refinished in the same way as a fully solid rail.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can this baserail be cut down to a shorter length on site?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. At 4200mm, the rail is long enough to cover most staircase runs and can be crosscut cleanly on site with a fine-tooth mitre saw. Any cut ends should be treated with a compatible sealant or finish before fitting to protect the exposed core.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Nottage Timber Merchants","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52565910716753,"sku":"THINK0033","price":67.66,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/1467\/1697\/files\/oakbaserail.jpg?v=1771585692"},{"product_id":"white-oak-veneered-mdf-sheet-2440mm-x-1220mm","title":"White Oak Veneered MDF Sheet 2440mm x 1220mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eWhite Oak Veneered MDF Sheet is a 2440mm x 1220mm full-size panel combining a genuine White Oak veneer face with a stable MDF core. Ideal for furniture making, cabinetry, and interior joinery where a consistent, natural oak appearance is required without the cost of solid timber.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProperty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMDF core with White Oak veneer face\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnfinished veneer, ready for lacquer, oil, or stain\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNominal Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2440mm x 1220mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable Thicknesses\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6mm, 10mm, 13mm, 19mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal use only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's used for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFitted and freestanding furniture, including wardrobes, drawer fronts, and shelving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKitchen and bedroom cabinetry where a natural oak face is specified\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShopfitting, display units, and interior retail joinery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeature wall panelling and decorative interior linings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and handling\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eStore sheets flat in a dry, well-ventilated indoor space and allow them to acclimatise to the room temperature for at least 48 hours before cutting or fixing. When machining, use sharp tooling to avoid tearing the veneer face, and support the full sheet to prevent flex during cutting. All faces and edges must be sealed with a suitable lacquer, oil, or primer to protect the veneer and maintain long-term performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan White Oak Veneered MDF be used in kitchens or bathrooms?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese sheets are intended for internal dry use only. In kitchens, they can be used for carcass and door components provided all edges and surfaces are fully sealed. They are not suitable for areas of direct moisture exposure such as wet rooms or external applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich thickness should I choose for cabinet doors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e19mm is the most common choice for cabinet doors and drawer fronts, giving enough rigidity to prevent warping. For back panels or lightweight shelf linings, 6mm or 10mm is often sufficient. The 13mm thickness suits mid-weight shelving and internal partition panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I paint over White Oak Veneered MDF rather than using a clear finish?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, although painting over a real wood veneer is uncommon, it can be done. If a painted finish is your primary goal, a standard MDF sheet is more cost-effective. The White Oak veneer is better suited to clear or lightly tinted finishes that allow the grain to show.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can White Oak Veneered MDF be used in kitchens or bathrooms?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"These sheets are intended for internal dry use only. In kitchens, they can be used for carcass and door components provided all edges and surfaces are fully sealed. They are not suitable for areas of direct moisture exposure such as wet rooms or external applications.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which thickness should I choose for cabinet doors?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"19mm is the most common choice for cabinet doors and drawer fronts, giving enough rigidity to prevent warping. For back panels or lightweight shelf linings, 6mm or 10mm is often sufficient. The 13mm thickness suits mid-weight shelving and internal partition panels.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I paint over White Oak Veneered MDF rather than using a clear finish?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, although painting over a real wood veneer is uncommon, it can be done. If a painted finish is your primary goal, a standard MDF sheet is more cost-effective. The White Oak veneer is better suited to clear or lightly tinted finishes that allow the grain to show.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cp\u003eNottage Timber Merchants supplies White Oak Veneered MDF to trade and retail customers across South Wales, with next-day delivery available to the Bridgend area. Browse our full range of \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/mdf-sheets\"\u003eMDF sheets\u003c\/a\u003e for alternative thicknesses and veneer options, or contact us directly for larger quantities.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nottage Timber Merchants","offers":[{"title":"6mm","offer_id":52565959541073,"sku":"OAKMDF68X4","price":74.1,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"10mm","offer_id":52565959573841,"sku":"OAKMDF108X4","price":81.6,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"13mm","offer_id":52565959606609,"sku":"OAKMDF138X4","price":79.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"19mm","offer_id":52565959639377,"sku":"OAKMDF198X4","price":94.6,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/1467\/1697\/files\/263-720x480__91773.1724753626.1280.1280.jpg?v=1765212050"},{"product_id":"planed-oak-railway-sleepers-100mm-x-200mm-x-2400mm","title":"Planed Oak Railway Sleepers 100mm x 200mm x 2.4m","description":"\u003cp\u003ePlaned oak railway sleepers, 100mm x 200mm x 2.4m, machined in-house at Nottage Timber Merchants to a planed square edge finish. Clean, consistent dimensions make these hardwood sleepers a practical choice for garden landscaping, raised beds, retaining walls, and outdoor steps.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProperty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEuropean Oak (Quercus robur \/ petraea)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTreatment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUntreated - naturally durable hardwood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaned Square Edge (PSE)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNominal Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100mm x 200mm x 2400mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare edge, four sides planed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUse Class\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUC4 equivalent - suitable for ground contact, oak natural durability class 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat it is used for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRaised vegetable and flower beds - untreated oak is safe around food-growing areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGarden retaining walls and terracing on sloped ground\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOutdoor steps and level changes in landscaping schemes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecorative garden edging and path borders where a clean, machined finish is required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and handling\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eOak is a dense hardwood and pre-drilling pilot holes before fixing is strongly recommended to avoid splitting - use stainless steel or hot-dip galvanised fixings to prevent staining reactions with the tannins in oak. Store sleepers flat and off the ground on level bearers before installation, keeping them covered if left outdoors for any period before use. No preservative treatment is required for outdoor use; oak can be left to weather to a silver-grey naturally or finished with a suitable hardwood oil if you wish to retain the warm brown tone.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these oak sleepers safe to use in a raised vegetable bed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. These sleepers are supplied untreated, so there are no chemical preservatives that could leach into growing soil. Oak is naturally durable and does not require treatment for outdoor use, making it a suitable choice for food-growing areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long will untreated oak sleepers last in the ground?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOak has a natural durability classification of Class 2, meaning it is rated as durable for ground contact applications. In typical UK garden conditions you can reasonably expect a service life of 15 to 25 years, though this will vary depending on drainage, soil type, and exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full range of \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/railway-sleepers\"\u003erailway sleepers at Nottage Timber Merchants\u003c\/a\u003e, including green oak and reclaimed options. We supply trade and retail customers across Bridgend and South Wales, with next-day delivery available to many local postcodes - contact our team to confirm availability for your area.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Are these oak sleepers safe to use in a raised vegetable bed?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. These sleepers are supplied untreated, so there are no chemical preservatives that could leach into growing soil. Oak is naturally durable and does not require treatment for outdoor use, making it a suitable choice for food-growing areas. The length remains at 2400mm. Always measure your finished pieces before cutting to fit.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How long will untreated oak sleepers last in the ground?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Oak has a natural durability classification of Class 2, meaning it is rated as durable for ground contact applications. In typical UK garden conditions you can reasonably expect a service life of 15 to 25 years, though this will vary depending on drainage, soil type, and exposure.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Nottage Timber Merchants","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52565965898065,"sku":"SLEEPEROAK_PSE","price":72.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/1467\/1697\/files\/nottage-timber-merchants-100mm-x-200mm-x-2.4m-planed-oak-railway-sleepers__23899.1717065782.1280.1280.jpg?v=1765212233"},{"product_id":"white-oak-veneered-mdf-sheet-3050mm-x-1220mm","title":"White Oak Veneered MDF Sheet 3050mm x 1220mm A\/B Face","description":"\u003cp\u003eWhite Oak Veneered MDF sheets in 3050mm x 1220mm combine a 1mm real White Oak veneer with a stable MDF core, making them a practical choice for fitted furniture, interior joinery, and panelling where a consistent oak appearance is required across large surface areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMDF core with real White Oak veneer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVeneer thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrade\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA\/B face (A face: clean and uniform; B face: reverse, suitable for concealed sides)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNominal Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3050mm x 1220mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable Thicknesses\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6mm, 10mm, 19mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInterior only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's used for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFitted bedroom and kitchen furniture carcasses and door fronts where a real wood grain is needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eInterior wall panelling and feature wall applications in residential and commercial settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShopfitting and display cabinetry requiring consistent colour and grain across multiple panels\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWardrobe and alcove shelving where a lacquered or oiled oak finish is specified\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and handling\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore sheets flat in a dry, well-ventilated interior space and allow them to acclimatise to the room temperature for at least 48 hours before cutting or fixing. The MDF core machines cleanly with a sharp tungsten-carbide blade, and the veneer face responds well to routing, so take light finishing passes to avoid chipping the grain at edges. Finish with a clear lacquer, hardwax oil, or a water-based stain applied evenly across the A face; seal all cut edges and the B face to prevent moisture ingress and reduce the risk of movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan White Oak Veneered MDF be painted rather than finished with a clear coat?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePainting over a real wood veneer is possible but not the most common use for this board. The natural grain will show through thin coats, and the oak character is lost under opaque paint. If a painted finish is the goal, a standard MDF board from our MDF sheets range would be a more cost-effective choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the A face and the B face on these sheets?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe A face is selected and laid for a clean, uniform appearance with minimal natural character marks, making it suitable for visible surfaces. The B face is a working-grade reverse that may include small knots, pin holes, or minor repairs in the veneer; it is intended for hidden sides such as cabinet backs or the underside of shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the 3050mm length standard, and will it fit in a standard van?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e3050mm is a full trade-format length, longer than the common 2440mm sheet, which reduces the number of joints needed on tall cabinet runs or long wall panels. At just over 10 feet, it will not fit in a standard transit-sized van lying flat. Nottage Timber Merchants can discuss cutting to size or delivery logistics if you call us before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can White Oak Veneered MDF be painted rather than finished with a clear coat?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Painting over a real wood veneer is possible but not the most common use for this board. The natural grain will show through thin coats, and the oak character is lost under opaque paint. If a painted finish is the goal, a standard MDF board would be a more cost-effective choice.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is the difference between the A face and the B face on these sheets?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The A face is selected for a clean, uniform appearance with minimal natural character marks, suitable for visible surfaces. The B face is a working-grade reverse that may include small knots, pin holes, or minor repairs; it is intended for hidden sides such as cabinet backs or the underside of shelves.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Is the 3050mm length standard, and will it fit in a standard van?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"3050mm is a full trade-format length, longer than the common 2440mm sheet, which reduces the number of joints needed on tall cabinet runs or long wall panels. At just over 10 feet, it will not fit in a standard transit-sized van lying flat. Contact Nottage Timber Merchants to discuss cutting to size or delivery options.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNottage Timber Merchants supply trade and retail customers across South Wales, with delivery available to the Bridgend area. Browse our full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/mdf-sheets\"\u003eMDF sheets collection\u003c\/a\u003e for plain, moisture-resistant, and veneered boards, or call us to discuss your project and confirm stock availability.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nottage Timber Merchants","offers":[{"title":"6mm","offer_id":52566013870417,"sku":"OAKMDF610X4","price":117.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"10mm","offer_id":52566013903185,"sku":"OAKMDF1010X4","price":81.3,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"19mm","offer_id":52566013935953,"sku":"OAKMDF1910X4","price":146.16,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/1467\/1697\/files\/263-720x480__91773__13877.1690385124.1280.1280.jpg?v=1765212853"},{"product_id":"square-edge-american-white-oak-skirting-architrave","title":"Square Edge American White Oak Skirting \u0026 Architrave","description":"\u003cp\u003eAmerican White Oak skirting and architrave in a clean square edge profile, machined in-house by Nottage Timber Merchants from responsibly sourced timber. Supplied unfinished at a nominal 25mm thickness (finished 20mm) and available in four widths, ready for your chosen finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProperty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAmerican White Oak\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJoinery grade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnfinished (ready for stain, oil, or paint)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare edge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNominal Thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinished Thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable Widths\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75mm, 100mm, 125mm, 150mm (nominal)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2400mm per length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's used for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSkirting boards along the base of internal walls in new builds and renovation projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eArchitrave around internal door frames and window openings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeature framing and border detailing in contemporary or traditional oak interiors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMatching trim to complement oak flooring, staircases, or other oak joinery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and handling\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow the timber to acclimatise in the room where it will be fitted for at least 48 hours before fixing, particularly in rooms with underfloor heating or variable humidity. Fix using a suitable instant grab adhesive, supplemented with pin nails where necessary, for a clean finish without visible fixings. Store the lengths flat and off the ground, and apply your chosen oil, stain, or paint once the boards are in position and any mitre joints have been cut and checked for fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the actual finished size of these oak skirting boards?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe nominal thickness is 25mm but the finished, machined thickness is 20mm. Widths are sold by nominal size (75mm, 100mm, 125mm, or 150mm); actual finished widths will be fractionally less due to machining. If you need exact finished dimensions for a close-tolerance job, contact Nottage Timber Merchants directly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I paint American White Oak skirting, or is it only suitable for clear finishes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAmerican White Oak takes paint well, though its open grain benefits from a grain-filling primer before topcoating if a smooth painted finish is required. It is equally suited to oils, hardwax oils, and pigmented stains that let the timber character show through.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many lengths do I need to order for a room?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the total perimeter of the room in metres and divide by 2.4 to get the number of 2400mm lengths required. Add 10-15% for waste from mitres and end cuts. For doorways, deduct the door opening width and account for the architrave lengths separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full range of oak mouldings, including ogee, torus, and bullnose profiles, in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/oak-mouldings\"\u003eoak mouldings collection\u003c\/a\u003e at Nottage Timber Merchants. We supply trade and retail customers across Bridgend and South Wales, with next-day delivery available to many local postcodes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the actual finished size of these oak skirting boards?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The nominal thickness is 25mm but the finished, machined thickness is 20mm. Widths are sold by nominal size (75mm, 100mm, 125mm, or 150mm); actual finished widths will be fractionally less due to machining. If you need exact finished dimensions for a close-tolerance job, contact Nottage Timber Merchants directly.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I paint American White Oak skirting, or is it only suitable for clear finishes?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"American White Oak takes paint well, though its open grain benefits from a grain-filling primer before topcoating if a smooth painted finish is required. It is equally suited to oils, hardwax oils, and pigmented stains that let the timber character show through.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How many lengths do I need to order for a room?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Measure the total perimeter of the room in metres and divide by 2.4 to get the number of 2400mm lengths required. Add 10-15% for waste from mitres and end cuts. For doorways, deduct the door opening width and account for the architrave lengths separately.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Nottage Timber Merchants","offers":[{"title":"75mm \/ 3 inch (Nominal Size) 2400mm","offer_id":52567903764817,"sku":"7567-25-75-24","price":25.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"100mm \/ 4 inch (Nominal Size) 2400mm","offer_id":52567903830353,"sku":"7567-25-10-24","price":33.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"125mm \/ 5 inch (Nominal Size) 2400mm","offer_id":52567903895889,"sku":"7567-25-12-24","price":42.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"150mm \/ 6 inch (Nominal Size) 2400mm","offer_id":52567903961425,"sku":"7567-25-15-24","price":50.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"175mm \/ 7 inch (Nominal Size) 2400mm","offer_id":52567904026961,"sku":"7567-25-17-24","price":59.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"75mm \/ 3 inch  ( Nominal Size ) 3600mm","offer_id":53420844613969,"sku":null,"price":37.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"100mm \/ 4 inch  ( Nominal Size ) 3600mm","offer_id":53420846121297,"sku":null,"price":50.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"125mm \/ 5 inch  ( Nominal Size ) 3600mm","offer_id":53420849201489,"sku":null,"price":62.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"150mm \/ 6 inch  ( Nominal Size ) 3600mm","offer_id":53420856115537,"sku":null,"price":75.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"175mm \/ 7 inch  ( Nominal Size ) 3600mm","offer_id":53420860113233,"sku":null,"price":87.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/1467\/1697\/files\/square__69324.1696593329.1280.1280.png?v=1765233575"},{"product_id":"american-white-oak-torus-skirting-architrave","title":"American White Oak Torus Skirting and Architrave","description":"\u003cp\u003eAmerican White Oak Torus skirting and architrave, machined in-house by the joinery team at Nottage Timber Merchants in South Wales. Cut from responsibly sourced, premium-grade American White Oak and supplied unfinished at a nominal 25mm thickness, this classic torus profile suits both skirting and architrave applications across a wide range of interior settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProperty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAmerican White Oak\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnfinished (ready for stain, oil or lacquer)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNominal Thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinished Thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20mm (approx.)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTorus\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2400mm (approx.)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable Widths\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75mm \/ 100mm \/ 125mm \/ 150mm (nominal)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal skirting and architrave\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's used for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSkirting boards along the base of internal walls in hallways, living rooms and bedrooms where a hardwood finish is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eArchitrave sets around door frames and lining sets to create a neat, consistent border throughout a property.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMatching torus profiles across rooms to achieve a unified look from floor to door frame.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBespoke joinery and refurbishment projects where a hardwood alternative to softwood mouldings is specified.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and handling\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow the timber to acclimatise in the installation room for at least 48 hours before fitting, as American White Oak will move in response to changes in temperature and humidity. Fix to walls using instant grab adhesive for a clean result with no visible fixings, or combine with cut nails where additional mechanical fixing is preferred on uneven plaster. Once fitted, apply your chosen finish, whether that is an oil, a hard-wax oil or a clear lacquer, to all faces including the back, to help stabilise moisture movement and protect the timber long term.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this American White Oak skirting supplied ready to paint or does it need sanding first?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe skirting and architrave is supplied unfinished straight from our in-house machines. A light sand with 120-grit followed by 180-grit will give a smooth surface ready to accept any stain, oil or lacquer of your choice. We recommend a test piece first if you are colour-matching to existing Oak joinery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the same torus profile for both skirting and architrave?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The torus profile is available in multiple widths, so you can choose a wider board for skirting and a narrower one for architrave while keeping the same moulding detail throughout. This is one of the most common ways to achieve a consistent look across a room or across an entire floor of a property.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the actual finished size once the timber has been machined?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAll sizes listed are nominal. The finished thickness after machining is approximately 20mm. Width will be slightly less than the nominal figure quoted. If tight tolerances matter for your project, please contact Nottage Timber Merchants directly and we can confirm current finished dimensions from stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full range of hardwood and softwood mouldings in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/oak-mouldings\"\u003eOak Mouldings collection\u003c\/a\u003e, where you will find complementary profiles to complete your interior joinery. Nottage Timber Merchants offer next-day delivery to Bridgend and across South Wales on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is this American White Oak skirting supplied ready to paint or does it need sanding first?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The skirting and architrave is supplied unfinished straight from our in-house machines. A light sand with 120-grit followed by 180-grit will give a smooth surface ready to accept any stain, oil or lacquer of your choice. We recommend a test piece first if you are colour-matching to existing Oak joinery.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I use the same torus profile for both skirting and architrave?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. The torus profile is available in multiple widths, so you can choose a wider board for skirting and a narrower one for architrave while keeping the same moulding detail throughout. This is one of the most common ways to achieve a consistent look across a room or across an entire floor of a property.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the actual finished size once the timber has been machined?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"All sizes listed are nominal. The finished thickness after machining is approximately 20mm. Width will be slightly less than the nominal figure quoted. If tight tolerances matter for your project, please contact Nottage Timber Merchants directly and we can confirm current finished dimensions from stock.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Nottage Timber Merchants","offers":[{"title":"75mm \/ 3 inch (Nominal Size) 2400mm","offer_id":52567904354641,"sku":"7568-25-75-24","price":27.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"100mm \/ 4 inch (Nominal Size) 2400mm","offer_id":52567904420177,"sku":"7568-25-10-24","price":36.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"125mm \/ 5 inch (Nominal Size) 2400mm","offer_id":52567904485713,"sku":"7568-25-12-24","price":45.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"150mm \/ 6 inch (Nominal Size) 2400mm","offer_id":52567904551249,"sku":"7568-25-15-24","price":54.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"175mm \/ 7 inch (Nominal Size) 2400mm","offer_id":52567904616785,"sku":"7568-25-17-24","price":63.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"75mm \/ 3 inch Nominal Size ) 3600mm","offer_id":53420754862417,"sku":null,"price":40.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"100mm \/ 4 inch Nominal Size ) 3600mm","offer_id":53420770558289,"sku":null,"price":54.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"125 mm \/ 5 inch Nominal Size ) 3600mm","offer_id":53420779831633,"sku":null,"price":67.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"150 mm \/ 6 inch Nominal Size ) 3600mm","offer_id":53420782813521,"sku":null,"price":81.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"175mm \/ 7 inch Nominal Size ) 3600mm","offer_id":53420787564881,"sku":null,"price":94.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/1467\/1697\/files\/Torus__67893.1696593323.1280.1280.png?v=1765233590"},{"product_id":"american-white-oak-grooved-skirting-architrave","title":"American White Oak Grooved Skirting \u0026 Architrave 25mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eAmerican White Oak grooved skirting and architrave, machined in house by the joinery team at Nottage Timber Merchants, offers a clean, consistent profile for interior finishing work. Supplied unfinished at a nominal 25mm thickness with a finished size of 20mm, it is available in four widths from 75mm to 150mm at 2400mm lengths.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProperty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAmerican White Oak\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnfinished (ready for stain, oil or lacquer)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNominal Thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinished Thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth Options\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75mm, 100mm, 125mm, 150mm (nominal)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2400mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrooved\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUse Class\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's used for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSkirting boards along the base of internal walls in living rooms, hallways and bedrooms where a hardwood finish is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eArchitrave sets around door frames and window openings to cover the joint between plaster and the frame.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMatching grooved profiles across multiple rooms or an open-plan space for a uniform, co-ordinated interior scheme.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeature wall panelling trims and dado rail framing where the grooved detail adds subtle visual interest.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and handling\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow the timber to acclimatise in the room where it will be fitted for at least 48 hours before installation, keeping it flat and supported along its full length to prevent any movement or bowing. Fix using a high-grab instant adhesive for a clean result with no visible fixings, and supplement with fine lost-head nails on longer runs if required. Once fitted, apply your chosen finish, whether that is a hardwax oil, Danish oil or a clear lacquer, to all faces including the back, to help stabilise moisture uptake and protect the surface long term.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the actual finished thickness of this American White Oak skirting?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe nominal thickness is 25mm. After machining, the finished thickness is 20mm. All widths listed, 75mm, 100mm, 125mm and 150mm, are also nominal sizes, so allow for a small reduction once dressed. If in doubt, contact Nottage Timber Merchants before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need to finish American White Oak skirting and architrave before fitting?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe timber is supplied bare and unfinished, which means you have full control over the final colour and sheen level. It is good practice to apply at least a sealing coat to all faces, including the back and ends, before fixing. This reduces the risk of differential movement once the boards are on the wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the same grooved profile for both skirting and architrave in the same room?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, that is exactly how this product is intended to be used. Ordering the same grooved profile in the appropriate width for skirting at the base of walls and a narrower width for architrave around door frames gives a consistent, co-ordinated look throughout the room without mixing profiles from different manufacturers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full range of hardwood and softwood trims in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/oak-mouldings\"\u003eoak mouldings collection\u003c\/a\u003e at Nottage Timber Merchants. We supply trade and retail customers throughout Bridgend and across South Wales, with next-day delivery available to many local addresses.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the actual finished thickness of this American White Oak skirting?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The nominal thickness is 25mm. After machining, the finished thickness is 20mm. All widths listed, 75mm, 100mm, 125mm and 150mm, are also nominal sizes, so allow for a small reduction once dressed. If in doubt, contact Nottage Timber Merchants before ordering.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do I need to finish American White Oak skirting and architrave before fitting?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The timber is supplied bare and unfinished, which means you have full control over the final colour and sheen level. It is good practice to apply at least a sealing coat to all faces, including the back and ends, before fixing. This reduces the risk of differential movement once the boards are on the wall.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I use the same grooved profile for both skirting and architrave in the same room?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, that is exactly how this product is intended to be used. Ordering the same grooved profile in the appropriate width for skirting at the base of walls and a narrower width for architrave around door frames gives a consistent, co-ordinated look throughout the room without mixing profiles from different manufacturers.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Nottage Timber Merchants","offers":[{"title":"75mm \/ 3 inch (Nominal Size) 2400MM","offer_id":52567905075537,"sku":"7569-25-75-24","price":27.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"100mm \/ 4 inch (Nominal Size) 2400mm","offer_id":52567905141073,"sku":"7569-25-10-24","price":36.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"125mm \/ 5 inch (Nominal Size) 2400mm","offer_id":52567905206609,"sku":"7569-25-12-24","price":45.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"150mm \/ 6 inch (Nominal Size) 2400mm","offer_id":52567905272145,"sku":"7569-25-15-24","price":54.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"175mm \/ 7 inch (Nominal Size) 2400mm","offer_id":52567905337681,"sku":"7569-25-17-24","price":63.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"75mm \/ 3 inch Nominal Size ) 3600mm","offer_id":53420636602705,"sku":null,"price":40.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"100mm \/ 4 inch Nominal Size ) 3600mm","offer_id":53420639060305,"sku":null,"price":54.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"125mm \/ 5 inch Nominal Size ) 3600mm","offer_id":53420642206033,"sku":null,"price":67.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"150mm \/ 6 inch Nominal Size ) 3600mm","offer_id":53420646105425,"sku":null,"price":81.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"175mm \/ 7 inch Nominal Size ) 3600mm","offer_id":53420647514449,"sku":null,"price":94.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/1467\/1697\/files\/shaker__39859.1696593316.1280.1280.png?v=1765233606"},{"product_id":"american-white-oak-pencil-round-skirting-architrave","title":"American White Oak Pencil Round Skirting \u0026 Architrave","description":"\u003cp\u003eAmerican White Oak pencil round skirting and architrave, machined in-house by the joinery team at Nottage Timber Merchants in South Wales. Available in four widths from 75mm to 150mm, supplied unfinished at a nominal 25mm thickness so you can apply your preferred stain, oil or lacquer to match your interior scheme.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProperty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAmerican White Oak\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePencil Round\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNominal Thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinished Thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNominal Widths Available\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75mm (3 in), 100mm (4 in), 125mm (5 in), 150mm (6 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2400mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnfinished (ready to stain, oil or lacquer)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachined\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIn-house, Bridgend, South Wales\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's used for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSkirting boards along the base of walls in living rooms, hallways and bedrooms where a clean, understated profile is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eArchitrave sets around door and window openings, particularly in oak-floored or oak-joinery schemes where a matching timber species ties the room together.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeature framing around alcoves, chimney breasts or built-in cabinetry where a solid oak moulding gives a more substantial finish than MDF alternatives.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacement skirting in period or contemporary properties where a simple pencil round detail suits the architectural style without competing with other decorative elements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and handling\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow the mouldings to acclimatise in the room where they will be fitted for a minimum of 48 to 72 hours before cutting or fixing, as American White Oak is sensitive to changes in temperature and humidity. Fix using a solvent-free instant grab adhesive applied to the back of the board, supplemented with cut nails or a nail gun into studwork or masonry plugs where required. Apply your chosen finish, whether oil, hard wax oil or lacquer, after fitting and before caulking any gaps for the neatest result.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use this American White Oak skirting in a bathroom or kitchen?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSolid oak mouldings can be used in kitchens and bathrooms provided they are sealed thoroughly on all faces, including the back and any cut ends, with a suitable waterproof finish such as a two-part lacquer or a penetrating oil. Avoid prolonged exposure to standing water or steam.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the actual finished size once machined?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAll widths are sold at nominal size. The finished thickness after machining is 20mm. Finished widths will be slightly less than the nominal figure stated, which is standard practice across the UK timber trade. If a precise finished width is critical to your project, please contact Nottage Timber Merchants before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need to prime or seal American White Oak skirting before painting?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAmerican White Oak is not typically painted, as its open grain and natural figure are best shown with an oil or clear lacquer. If you do wish to paint it, apply a suitable wood primer or an aluminium-based primer first to prevent tannin bleed-through, which can cause discolouration on top coats.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full range of oak mouldings, including ogee, torus and square-edge profiles, in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/oak-mouldings\"\u003eoak mouldings collection\u003c\/a\u003e at Nottage Timber Merchants. Local customers in Bridgend and across South Wales can collect direct from our yard or ask about next-day delivery options.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I use this American White Oak skirting in a bathroom or kitchen?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Solid oak mouldings can be used in kitchens and bathrooms provided they are sealed thoroughly on all faces, including the back and any cut ends, with a suitable waterproof finish such as a two-part lacquer or a penetrating oil. Avoid prolonged exposure to standing water or steam.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the actual finished size once machined?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"All widths are sold at nominal size. The finished thickness after machining is 20mm. Finished widths will be slightly less than the nominal figure stated, which is standard practice across the UK timber trade. If a precise finished width is critical to your project, please contact Nottage Timber Merchants before ordering.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do I need to prime or seal American White Oak skirting before painting?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"American White Oak is not typically painted, as its open grain and natural figure are best shown with an oil or clear lacquer. If you do wish to paint it, apply a suitable wood primer or an aluminium-based primer first to prevent tannin bleed-through, which can cause discolouration on top coats.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Nottage Timber Merchants","offers":[{"title":"75mm \/ 3 inch (Nominal Size) 2400mm","offer_id":52567906451793,"sku":"7570-25-75-24","price":27.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"100mm \/ 4 inch (Nominal Size) 2400mm","offer_id":52567906517329,"sku":"7570-25-10-24","price":36.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"125mm \/ 5 inch (Nominal Size) 2400mm","offer_id":52567906582865,"sku":"7570-25-12-24","price":45.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"150mm \/ 6 inch (Nominal Size) 2400mm","offer_id":52567906648401,"sku":"7570-25-15-24","price":54.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"175mm \/ 7 inch (Nominal Size) 2400mm","offer_id":52567906713937,"sku":"7570-25-17-24","price":63.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"75mm \/ 3 inch Nominal Size ) 3600mm","offer_id":53420700533073,"sku":null,"price":40.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"100mm \/ 4 inch (Nominal Size ) 3600mm","offer_id":53420703678801,"sku":null,"price":54.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"125mm \/ 5 inch Nominal Size ) 3600mm","offer_id":53420717146449,"sku":null,"price":67.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"150mm \/ 6 inch Nominal Size ) 3600mm","offer_id":53420740247889,"sku":null,"price":81.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"175mm \/ 7 inch Nominal Size ) 3600mm","offer_id":53420742771025,"sku":null,"price":94.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/1467\/1697\/files\/pencil__98421.1696593308.1280.1280.png?v=1765233630"},{"product_id":"american-white-oak-ovolo-skirting-architrave","title":"American White Oak Ovolo Skirting and Architrave","description":"\u003cp\u003eAmerican White Oak ovolo skirting and architrave, machined in-house by Nottage Timber Merchants in South Wales, is the natural choice for adding a clean, traditional profile to doors and room perimeters. Supplied unfinished at a nominal 25mm thickness with a finished size of 20mm, it is ready to accept your chosen stain or lacquer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProperty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAmerican White Oak\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOvolo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNominal Thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinished Thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable Widths\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75mm, 100mm, 125mm, 150mm (nominal)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2400mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnfinished, ready for stain or lacquer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachined\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIn-house, Bridgend, South Wales\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's used for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSkirting boards fitted at the base of internal walls in hallways, living rooms, and bedrooms where a consistent hardwood finish is required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eArchitrave sets framing internal door linings and frames to give a neat transition between door frame and plasterwork\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMatching ovolo profile throughout a single room or open-plan space for a uniform, traditional look\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeature installations such as bay window reveals or fireplace surrounds where the warm grain of White Oak is a design choice in itself\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and handling\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAmerican White Oak is a stable hardwood, but allow the boards to acclimatise in the room where they will be fitted for at least 48 hours before installation, keeping them flat and away from direct heat sources such as radiators. For a clean finish with no visible fixings, apply a suitable instant grab adhesive to the back face; where additional mechanical fixing is needed, pre-drill pilot holes to avoid splitting the grain near the ends. Once fixed, apply your chosen finishing oil, stain, or lacquer in the conditions stated by the manufacturer, ensuring the room is adequately ventilated.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between nominal and finished size on these boards?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNominal size refers to the rough-sawn measurement before machining. Once the profile is cut and the faces are planed smooth, the board loses a small amount of material, leaving a finished thickness of 20mm. The width figures listed (75mm, 100mm, 125mm, 150mm) are also nominal, so the actual face width will be slightly less after machining.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use this American White Oak skirting in a kitchen or bathroom?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSolid hardwood skirting and architrave are not recommended in areas of persistent moisture such as wet rooms or directly behind kitchen sinks. In a kitchen or bathroom where humidity fluctuates, ensure the timber is fully sealed on all faces and edges with a suitable lacquer or oil before fitting, and maintain good ventilation to reduce the risk of movement or swelling over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need to buy skirting and architrave separately for a matching set?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This listing covers both skirting and architrave cut to the same ovolo profile, so you can order both from the same product in the widths that suit each application. A wider board such as the 150mm is typically used for skirting at floor level, while the 75mm or 100mm widths are commonly chosen for architrave around door frames.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full range of hardwood and softwood mouldings in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/oak-mouldings\"\u003eoak mouldings collection\u003c\/a\u003e at Nottage Timber Merchants. We supply trade and retail customers across Bridgend and the wider South Wales area, with next-day delivery available to many local postcodes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between nominal and finished size on these boards?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Nominal size refers to the rough-sawn measurement before machining. Once the profile is cut and the faces are planed smooth, the board loses a small amount of material, leaving a finished thickness of 20mm. The width figures listed (75mm, 100mm, 125mm, 150mm) are also nominal, so the actual face width will be slightly less after machining.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I use this American White Oak skirting in a kitchen or bathroom?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Solid hardwood skirting and architrave are not recommended in areas of persistent moisture such as wet rooms or directly behind kitchen sinks. In a kitchen or bathroom where humidity fluctuates, ensure the timber is fully sealed on all faces and edges with a suitable lacquer or oil before fitting, and maintain good ventilation to reduce the risk of movement or swelling over time.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do I need to buy skirting and architrave separately for a matching set?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. This listing covers both skirting and architrave cut to the same ovolo profile, so you can order both from the same product in the widths that suit each application. A wider board such as the 150mm is typically used for skirting at floor level, while the 75mm or 100mm widths are commonly chosen for architrave around door frames.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Nottage Timber Merchants","offers":[{"title":"75mm \/ 3 inch (Nominal Size) 2400mm","offer_id":52567907402065,"sku":"7571-25-75-24","price":27.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"100mm \/ 4 inch (Nominal Size) 2400mm","offer_id":52567907467601,"sku":"7571-25-10-24","price":36.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"125mm \/ 5 inch (Nominal Size) 2400mm","offer_id":52567907533137,"sku":"7571-25-12-24","price":45.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"150mm \/ 6 inch (Nominal Size) 2400mm","offer_id":52567907598673,"sku":"7571-25-15-24","price":54.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"175mm \/ 7 inch (Nominal Size) 2400mm","offer_id":52567907664209,"sku":"7571-25-17-24","price":63.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"75mm \/ 3 inch ( Nominal Size ) 3600mm","offer_id":53420814041425,"sku":null,"price":40.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"100mm \/ 4 inch  ( Nominal Size ) 3600mm","offer_id":53420821315921,"sku":null,"price":54.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"125mm \/ 5 inch  ( Nominal Size ) 3600mm","offer_id":53420827312465,"sku":null,"price":67.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"150mm \/ 6 inch  ( Nominal Size ) 3600mm","offer_id":53420830261585,"sku":null,"price":81.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"175mm \/ 7 inch  ( Nominal Size ) 3600mm","offer_id":53420833014097,"sku":null,"price":94.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/1467\/1697\/files\/ovolo__64113.1696593300.1280.1280.png?v=1765233646"},{"product_id":"american-white-oak-ogee-skirting-architrave","title":"American White Oak Ogee Skirting \u0026 Architrave","description":"\u003cp\u003eAmerican White Oak Ogee Skirting and Architrave, machined in house by the joinery team at Nottage Timber Merchants in South Wales. Supplied unfinished at a nominal 25mm thickness (finished 20mm) and 2400mm lengths, this classic ogee profile suits both traditional and contemporary interiors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProperty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAmerican White Oak\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOgee\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade hardwood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnfinished (sanded, ready to stain, oil or lacquer)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNominal Thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinished Thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 20mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2400mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidths Available\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75mm, 100mm, 125mm, 150mm (nominal)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's used for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSkirting boards along the base of internal walls in hallways, living rooms and bedrooms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eArchitrave around door frames and window openings to conceal gaps between the frame and plasterwork\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMatching skirting and architrave sets throughout a room for a consistent, co-ordinated finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRenovation and restoration projects where an oak hardwood moulding is specified to complement period or contemporary joinery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and handling\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBefore fitting, allow the mouldings to acclimatise in the room where they will be installed for at least 48 to 72 hours, kept flat and off the floor. Fix using a grab adhesive suitable for hardwood, with pins to hold in place while the adhesive cures. Once fitted, apply your chosen finish, whether oil, stain or lacquer, to all faces including the back and ends to reduce moisture movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between nominal size and finished size?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNominal size refers to the width of the board before machining. Once planed and profiled, the finished width will be slightly less. The thickness is nominally 25mm, finishing at approximately 20mm after machining.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use this American White Oak ogee skirting in a bathroom or kitchen?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese mouldings are intended for internal dry areas. In rooms with higher humidity such as bathrooms, an oil-based finish applied to all surfaces, including the back, will help reduce moisture uptake, but they are not suitable for wet rooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo the skirting and architrave profiles match so I can use them in the same room?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The ogee profile is consistent across all widths in this range, so you can run the 75mm or 100mm width as architrave and a wider board as skirting and the profiles will correspond neatly at the junction.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between nominal size and finished size?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Nominal size refers to the width of the board before machining. Once planed and profiled, the finished width will be slightly less. The thickness is nominally 25mm, finishing at approximately 20mm after machining.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I use this American White Oak ogee skirting in a bathroom or kitchen?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"These mouldings are intended for internal dry areas. In rooms with higher humidity such as bathrooms, an oil-based finish applied to all surfaces, including the back, will help reduce moisture uptake, but they are not suitable for wet rooms.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do the skirting and architrave profiles match so I can use them in the same room?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. The ogee profile is consistent across all widths in this range, so you can run the 75mm or 100mm width as architrave and a wider board as skirting and the profiles will correspond neatly at the junction.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full range of hardwood mouldings at Nottage Timber Merchants in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/oak-mouldings\"\u003eoak mouldings collection\u003c\/a\u003e. We supply trade and retail customers across Bridgend and South Wales, with next-day availability on many lines for local collection or delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nottage Timber Merchants","offers":[{"title":"75mm \/ 3 inch (Nominal Size) 2400mm","offer_id":52567908188497,"sku":"7572-25-75-24","price":27.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"100mm \/ 4 inch (Nominal Size) 2400mm","offer_id":52567908254033,"sku":"7572-25-10-24","price":36.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"125mm \/ 5 inch (Nominal Size) 2400mm","offer_id":52567908319569,"sku":"7572-25-12-24","price":45.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"150mm \/ 6 inch (Nominal Size) 2400mm","offer_id":52567908385105,"sku":"7572-25-15-24","price":54.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"175mm \/ 7 inch (Nominal Size) 2400mm","offer_id":52567908450641,"sku":"7572-25-17-24","price":63.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"75mm \/ 3inch Nominal Size ) 3600mm","offer_id":53420663243089,"sku":null,"price":40.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"100mm \/ 4 inch Nominal Size ) 3600mm","offer_id":53420666028369,"sku":null,"price":54.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"125mm \/ 5 inch Nominal Size ) 3600mm","offer_id":53420668879185,"sku":null,"price":67.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"150mm \/ 6 inch Nominal Size ) 3600mm","offer_id":53420677529937,"sku":null,"price":81.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"175mm \/ 7 inch Nominal Size ) 3600mm","offer_id":53420680544593,"sku":null,"price":94.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/1467\/1697\/files\/Ogee__75948.1696593293.1280.1280.png?v=1765233662"},{"product_id":"american-white-oak-skirting-architrave-chamfered-round","title":"American White Oak Skirting \u0026 Architrave Chamfered \u0026 Round Profile","description":"\u003cp\u003eAmerican White Oak skirting and architrave in a chamfered and round profile, machined in-house by the joinery team at Nottage Timber Merchants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAmerican White Oak\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrade\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium grade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTreatment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone - unfinished, ready to treat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChamfered and round\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNominal Size (thickness)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidths available\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75mm, 100mm, 125mm, 150mm (nominal)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength(s)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2400mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnfinished - suitable for staining, oiling or painting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's used for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSkirting boards along the base of walls in living rooms, hallways and bedrooms where a consistent oak finish is required throughout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eArchitrave sets around internal door frames and window reveals to provide a clean, traditional border detail.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMatching joinery across multiple rooms in new builds or full refurbishments where a uniform profile is specified.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eReplacement mouldings in period or contemporary properties where a solid hardwood finish is preferred over MDF or softwood.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and handling\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllow the boards to acclimatise inside the property for at least 48 hours before fitting, ideally stacked flat in the room where they will be installed - this reduces the risk of movement after fixing. Fix using an instant grab adhesive applied to the back face, supplemented with pin nails or lost-head nails where required for a clean face finish. Apply your chosen stain, hardwax oil or paint after fitting, ensuring all cut ends are sealed to limit moisture ingress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I paint this oak skirting rather than leaving it with a natural finish?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The boards are supplied unfinished so you can paint, stain or oil them to suit your scheme. If painting, apply a suitable hardwood primer first, as oak contains tannins that can bleed through standard emulsion or undercoat without a sealing coat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this skirting suitable for use in a kitchen or bathroom?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSolid oak skirting can be used in kitchens and bathrooms provided it is finished thoroughly on all faces and ends with a moisture-resistant oil or lacquer before installation. It should not be used in areas of direct or persistent water contact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full range of solid oak mouldings at Nottage Timber Merchants, including ogee, torus and square-edge profiles, in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/oak-mouldings\"\u003eoak mouldings collection\u003c\/a\u003e. Orders are available for collection from our yard in Bridgend, with delivery options across South Wales.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n","brand":"Nottage Timber Merchants","offers":[{"title":"75mm \/ 3 inch (Nominal Size) 2400mm","offer_id":52567910220113,"sku":"7573-25-75-36","price":27.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"100mm \/ 4 inch (Nominal Size) 2400mm","offer_id":52567910285649,"sku":"7573-25-10-36","price":36.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"125mm \/ 5 inch (Nominal Size) 2400mm","offer_id":52567910351185,"sku":"7573-25-12-36","price":45.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"150mm \/ 6 inch (Nominal Size) 2400mm","offer_id":52567910416721,"sku":"7573-25-15-36","price":54.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"175mm \/ 7 inch (Nominal Size) 2400mm","offer_id":52567910482257,"sku":"7573-25-17-36","price":63.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"75mm \/ 3 inch   ( Nominal Size ) 3600mm","offer_id":53420920865105,"sku":null,"price":40.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"100mm \/ 4 inch  ( Nominal Size ) 3600mm","offer_id":53420923453777,"sku":null,"price":54.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"125mm \/ 5 inch  ( Nominal Size ) 3600mm","offer_id":53420925288785,"sku":null,"price":67.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"150mm \/ 6 inch  ( Nominal Size ) 3600mm","offer_id":53420927287633,"sku":null,"price":81.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"175mm \/ 7 inch  ( Nominal Size ) 3600mm","offer_id":53420934070609,"sku":null,"price":94.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/1467\/1697\/files\/Chamf_Round__72334.1696593285.1280.1280.png?v=1765233677"},{"product_id":"light-oak-acoustic-slat-wall-panel-wpkt9","title":"Light Oak Acoustic Slat Wall Panel WPKT9","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Light Oak Acoustic Slat Wall Panel (WPKT9) is a real wood veneer panel designed to reduce echo and improve room acoustics while adding a clean, vertical-slat finish to interior walls. Each panel features oak veneer slats bonded to an MDF core and mounted on a recycled acoustic backing felt.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProperty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReal oak wood veneer slats on MDF core with recycled acoustic backing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight oak veneer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical slat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBacking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEco-friendly recycled acoustic felt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal use only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's used for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeature walls in living rooms and bedrooms where echo reduction and visual warmth are both priorities\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHome offices and media rooms where background noise and reverberation need controlling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHallways and reception areas where a contemporary timber finish suits a professional or residential setting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCommercial interiors including restaurants, offices, and retail spaces where acoustic performance is required alongside a natural aesthetic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and handling\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow panels to acclimatise in the installation room for at least 48 hours before fixing, as fluctuations in temperature and humidity can cause movement in veneer products. Panels can be fixed directly to a flat, dry wall surface using panel adhesive or appropriate timber screws through a batten framework - ensure the wall surface is level before installation to avoid gaps between panels. Store flat in dry conditions away from direct heat sources, and keep packaging on until ready to fit to protect the veneer face.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these acoustic slat wall panels suitable for a home cinema or media room?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The recycled acoustic backing felt helps absorb mid and high frequency sound, reducing flutter echo in enclosed rooms. They work well in media rooms, home cinemas, and home offices where controlling reflected sound improves the listening environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I cut the panels to fit around sockets or irregular wall shapes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe MDF core can be cut using a fine-tooth saw or track saw. Score the veneer face before cutting to reduce breakout. Always cut from the face side and use a sharp blade to keep the oak veneer clean at the edges.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many panels do I need to cover a wall?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure your wall area in square metres and divide by the coverage area of a single panel. If you are unsure about quantities, the team at Nottage Timber Merchants can help you calculate requirements - contact us before ordering to avoid shortfalls or unnecessary waste.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor complementary interior timber products, browse the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/oak-mouldings\"\u003eoak mouldings collection\u003c\/a\u003e at Nottage Timber Merchants. We supply customers across Bridgend and South Wales, with next-day delivery available to many local postcodes - contact us to confirm availability for your area.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Are these acoustic slat wall panels suitable for a home cinema or media room?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. The recycled acoustic backing felt helps absorb mid and high frequency sound, reducing flutter echo in enclosed rooms. They work well in media rooms, home cinemas, and home offices where controlling reflected sound improves the listening environment.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I cut the panels to fit around sockets or irregular wall shapes?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The MDF core can be cut using a fine-tooth saw or track saw. Score the veneer face before cutting to reduce breakout. Always cut from the face side and use a sharp blade to keep the oak veneer clean at the edges.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How many panels do I need to cover a wall?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Measure your wall area in square metres and divide by the coverage area of a single panel. If you are unsure about quantities, the team at Nottage Timber Merchants can help you calculate requirements - contact us before ordering to avoid shortfalls or unnecessary waste.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Nottage Timber Merchants","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52567926210897,"sku":"CHES0060","price":72.35,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/1467\/1697\/files\/Light-Oak-Acoustic-Slat-Wall-Panel-WPKT9-Nottage-Timber-Merchants_45407__37851.1724753620.1280.1280.jpg?v=1765234173"},{"product_id":"smoked-oak-acoustic-slat-wall-panel-wpkt11","title":"Smoked Oak Acoustic Slat Wall Panel WPKT11","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Smoked Oak Acoustic Slat Wall Panel (WPKT11) brings real wood character and practical sound absorption together in one panel. Vertical smoked oak veneer slats over an MDF core and recycled acoustic backing make it a solid choice for feature walls in homes, offices, and commercial interiors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProperty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmoked oak veneer slats over MDF core with recycled acoustic felt backing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmoked oak veneer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical slat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTreatment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmoked (colour treatment to veneer)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUse Class\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal use only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's used for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeature and statement walls in living rooms, bedrooms, and home offices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAcoustic treatment in meeting rooms, offices, and co-working spaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBar, restaurant, and retail fit-outs where both appearance and sound control matter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHome cinema and media room walls where echo reduction is a practical requirement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and handling\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow panels to acclimatise in the installation room for at least 48 hours before fixing, keeping them flat and away from direct heat sources or damp conditions. Panels can be fixed directly to a clean, flat wall surface using panel adhesive or countersunk screws through the backing; butt panels tightly edge to edge for a continuous slat appearance. Check walls for plumb and level before starting, as any unevenness will telegraph through the finished surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan smoked oak acoustic slat wall panels be used in a bathroom or kitchen?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. These panels are rated for internal dry use only. The MDF core and veneer construction are not suitable for areas with high humidity, steam, or moisture. For utility rooms or areas near cooking zones, ensure adequate ventilation and keep panels well away from direct water contact.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I cut acoustic slat wall panels to size on site?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA fine-toothed circular saw or jigsaw works well. Score the veneer face lightly with a sharp knife before cutting to reduce breakout. Always cut with the veneer face upwards when using a hand saw, or face down when using a circular saw, to keep the finished surface clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need special adhesive to fit smoked oak slat wall panels?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA grab adhesive suitable for MDF and acoustic felt is recommended, such as a solvent-free panel adhesive applied with a cartridge gun. Mechanical fixings such as screws through the backing board can be used alongside adhesive for added security, particularly on larger installations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNottage Timber Merchants supply smoked oak acoustic slat wall panels to trade and retail customers across South Wales, with next-day delivery available to the Bridgend area. Browse our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/oak-mouldings\"\u003eoak mouldings collection\u003c\/a\u003e for complementary trims and finishing profiles to complete your project.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can smoked oak acoustic slat wall panels be used in a bathroom or kitchen?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. These panels are rated for internal dry use only. The MDF core and veneer construction are not suitable for areas with high humidity, steam, or moisture. For utility rooms or areas near cooking zones, ensure adequate ventilation and keep panels well away from direct water contact.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How do I cut acoustic slat wall panels to size on site?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"A fine-toothed circular saw or jigsaw works well. Score the veneer face lightly with a sharp knife before cutting to reduce breakout. Always cut with the veneer face upwards when using a hand saw, or face down when using a circular saw, to keep the finished surface clean.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do I need special adhesive to fit smoked oak slat wall panels?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"A grab adhesive suitable for MDF and acoustic felt is recommended, such as a solvent-free panel adhesive applied with a cartridge gun. Mechanical fixings such as screws through the backing board can be used alongside adhesive for added security, particularly on larger installations.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Nottage Timber Merchants","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52567926964561,"sku":"CHES0061","price":95.85,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/1467\/1697\/files\/Smoked-Oak-Acoustic-Slat-Wall-Panel-WPKT11-Nottage-Timber-Merchants_45403__14964.1724753620.1280.1280.jpg?v=1765234204"},{"product_id":"oak-d-mould-cover-moulding-6mm-x-18mm-x-2400mm","title":"Oak D Mould Cover Moulding 6mm x 18mm x 2400mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eOak D mould cover moulding at 6mm x 18mm x 2400mm is a slim, traditional hardwood cover mould used to conceal gaps, neaten joints and add a decorative finish to walls, ceilings, furniture and joinery. The soft D-shaped profile sits flush against surfaces for a clean, professional result.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProperty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEuropean Oak (hardwood)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlaned smooth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNominal Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6mm x 18mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2400mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eD mould (cover moulding)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's used for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCovering expansion gaps around oak flooring, parquet or engineered boards where a discreet trim is needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinishing the junction between wall panelling and ceiling, or between two panels meeting at a corner\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrimming out furniture carcasses, cabinet faces and fitted wardrobes where a neat decorative edge is required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplementing existing oak architraves and skirting to complete a room scheme with a consistent timber tone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and handling\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow the moulding to acclimatise in the room where it will be fixed for at least 48 hours before installation, particularly in heated interiors, to minimise any movement after fixing. Secure with a suitable wood adhesive and lost-head pins or a pin nailer, punching fixings below the surface and filling before finishing. Oak can be left natural, oiled or lacquered to match surrounding joinery - always finish all faces, including the back, to help stabilise moisture uptake.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is oak D mould cover moulding used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is used to cover gaps, neaten joints and add a decorative edge to walls, ceilings, furniture and flooring installations. The D-shaped profile sits flat against the surface, making it particularly useful for hiding expansion gaps around hardwood flooring or covering the joint between two panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I fix oak cover moulding to a wall or floor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe most common method is a combination of wood adhesive and fine lost-head pins or a pin nailer. Punch the pins below the surface, fill, sand smooth and finish with oil or lacquer once the adhesive has cured. Avoid relying on pins alone on smooth plaster surfaces where adhesion is limited.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I paint or stain oak D mould cover moulding?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Oak accepts oil, wax, stain and lacquer finishes well. Because oak has a relatively open grain, applying a grain filler or sanding sealer first will give a smoother result if you are using a clear lacquer. If painting, use a suitable hardwood primer before your top coat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full range of oak moulding profiles at Nottage Timber Merchants in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/oak-mouldings\"\u003eoak mouldings collection\u003c\/a\u003e. We supply trade and retail customers across Bridgend and South Wales, with stock available for collection or local delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is oak D mould cover moulding used for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is used to cover gaps, neaten joints and add a decorative edge to walls, ceilings, furniture and flooring installations. The D-shaped profile sits flat against the surface, making it particularly useful for hiding expansion gaps around hardwood flooring or covering the joint between two panels.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How do I fix oak cover moulding to a wall or floor?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The most common method is a combination of wood adhesive and fine lost-head pins or a pin nailer. Punch the pins below the surface, fill, sand smooth and finish with oil or lacquer once the adhesive has cured. Avoid relying on pins alone on smooth plaster surfaces where adhesion is limited.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I paint or stain oak D mould cover moulding?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Oak accepts oil, wax, stain and lacquer finishes well. Because oak has a relatively open grain, applying a grain filler or sanding sealer first will give a smoother result if you are using a clear lacquer. If painting, use a suitable hardwood primer before your top coat.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Nottage Timber Merchants","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52567952458065,"sku":"CHES0088","price":4.48,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/1467\/1697\/files\/om004__60759.1701339649.1280.1280.jpg?v=1765234438"},{"product_id":"oak-d-mould-cover-strip-6mm-x-21mm-x-2400mm","title":"Oak D Mould Cover Strip 6mm x 21mm x 2400mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eOak D mould cover strip in 6mm x 21mm x 2400mm lengths is a hardwood moulding designed to conceal gaps, raw edges and joints with a neat, rounded profile. Suitable for interior wall, ceiling and furniture applications where a clean traditional finish is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProperty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOak (hardwood)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNominal Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6mm x 21mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2400mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eD mould (rounded face, flat back)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnfinished \/ ready to paint or stain\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUse Class\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's used for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCovering the joint between skirting boards or architraves and a wall or floor surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinishing the edges of oak furniture, cabinet carcasses and fitted wardrobes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdding a decorative bead detail to wall panelling, dado rails and picture rails\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConcealing gaps around door linings or window boards where movement has opened a small crack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and handling\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow the strip to acclimatise in the room where it will be fitted for at least 48 hours before fixing, particularly in rooms with underfloor heating or low humidity, as oak will move with changes in moisture content. Fix with a suitable wood adhesive and 20mm or 25mm panel pins, keeping pins at roughly 300mm centres and punching heads below the surface before filling. Once fixed, sand lightly with 120 grit and apply your chosen oil, wax or lacquer to match surrounding joinery and protect the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is a D mould cover strip used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA D mould cover strip is used to hide small gaps, raw edges and butt joints on interior joinery and furniture. The flat back sits flush against the surface while the rounded face provides a tidy, finished appearance without the need for complex scribing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I stain or paint this oak cover strip?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Because the strip is supplied unfinished, it accepts oil, wax, stain or lacquer readily. For a painted finish, apply a suitable wood primer before topcoats. For a natural look, a clear hard wax oil will enhance the grain while offering good surface protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat length does this oak cover strip come in?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach piece is 2400mm long, which is a standard length suitable for most interior joinery runs. If you need longer continuous lengths or a larger quantity for a project, contact Nottage Timber Merchants directly to discuss availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is a D mould cover strip used for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"A D mould cover strip is used to hide small gaps, raw edges and butt joints on interior joinery and furniture. The flat back sits flush against the surface while the rounded face provides a tidy, finished appearance without the need for complex scribing.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I stain or paint this oak cover strip?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Because the strip is supplied unfinished, it accepts oil, wax, stain or lacquer readily. For a painted finish, apply a suitable wood primer before topcoats. For a natural look, a clear hard wax oil will enhance the grain while offering good surface protection.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What length does this oak cover strip come in?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Each piece is 2400mm long, which is a standard length suitable for most interior joinery runs. If you need longer continuous lengths or a larger quantity for a project, contact Nottage Timber Merchants directly to discuss availability.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full range of hardwood mouldings at Nottage Timber Merchants via our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/oak-mouldings\"\u003eoak mouldings collection\u003c\/a\u003e, where you will find matching cover strips, staff beads and edge profiles. We supply trade and retail customers across Bridgend and South Wales, with next-day delivery available to many local postcodes.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nottage Timber Merchants","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52567952851281,"sku":"CHES0090","price":4.84,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/1467\/1697\/files\/om005__51771.1701339650.1280.1280.jpg?v=1765234467"},{"product_id":"oak-d-mould-cover-6mm-x-31mm-x-2400mm","title":"Oak D Mould Cover Moulding 6mm x 31mm x 2400mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eOak D mould cover moulding in 6mm x 31mm x 2400mm is a small-section hardwood cover mould used to conceal joins, gaps and edges in joinery, furniture and interior wall or ceiling finishes. The gentle D-shaped profile suits both traditional and contemporary settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProperty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEuropean Oak (hardwood)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNominal Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6mm x 31mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2400mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eD mould (cover mould)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnfinished (ready to paint, stain or wax)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUse Class\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInterior\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's used for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCovering panel joints and gaps between wall panels, sheet materials or timber boards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdding a neat decorative border to furniture carcasses, cabinet doors and fitted wardrobes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConcealing the junction between skirting boards, architraves and adjacent surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinishing the edge of mirror frames, shelving units and internal joinery details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and handling\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow the moulding to acclimatise in the room where it will be fixed for at least 48 hours before installation, as oak will move slightly with changes in temperature and humidity. Fix using a suitable wood adhesive alongside lost-head pins for a clean finish, keeping pin holes to a minimum where the surface will be stained or left clear. Oak takes paint, interior wood stain and wax evenly once lightly sanded to 120 grit, and should be stored flat and off the ground in dry conditions until needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan oak D mould cover moulding be used in a bathroom or kitchen?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis moulding is intended for interior use in dry or low-humidity conditions. In kitchens or bathrooms it can be used away from direct water contact, but it is not recommended for areas that are regularly wet or steamy without suitable sealing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between a D mould and a cover mould?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe terms are often used interchangeably. A D mould describes the cross-section shape, which has a flat back and a rounded face. A cover mould describes the function, which is to cover a joint or gap. This oak D mould cover serves both purposes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I fix oak D mould without the pins showing?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse a fine lost-head pin or panel pin and punch it just below the surface with a nail punch. Fill the hole with a tinted oak wood filler before applying your chosen finish. Alternatively, use a quality wood adhesive alone where clamping is practical and no fixings are desired.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can oak D mould cover moulding be used in a bathroom or kitchen?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"This moulding is intended for interior use in dry or low-humidity conditions. In kitchens or bathrooms it can be used away from direct water contact, but it is not recommended for areas that are regularly wet or steamy without suitable sealing.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between a D mould and a cover mould?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The terms are often used interchangeably. A D mould describes the cross-section shape, which has a flat back and a rounded face. A cover mould describes the function, which is to cover a joint or gap. This oak D mould cover serves both purposes.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How do I fix oak D mould without the pins showing?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Use a fine lost-head pin or panel pin and punch it just below the surface with a nail punch. Fill the hole with a tinted oak wood filler before applying your chosen finish. Alternatively, use a quality wood adhesive alone where clamping is practical and no fixings are desired.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis cover moulding sits alongside our full range of \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/oak-mouldings\"\u003eoak mouldings\u003c\/a\u003e at Nottage Timber Merchants. We supply trade and retail customers across South Wales, with next-day delivery available to Bridgend and surrounding areas. Visit us in store or order online for honest advice and competitive prices.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nottage Timber Merchants","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52567953178961,"sku":"CHES0091","price":7.2,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/1467\/1697\/files\/om006__51108.1701339652.1280.1280.jpg?v=1765234489"},{"product_id":"oak-d-mould-cover-moulding-6mm-x-34mm-x-2400mm","title":"Oak D Mould Cover Moulding 6mm x 34mm x 2400mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eOak D mould cover moulding at 6mm x 34mm x 2400mm is a hardwood cover strip designed to conceal gaps, edges and joints with a clean, traditional D-shaped profile. Suitable for interior joinery, furniture and decorative finishing work throughout the home.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProperty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEuropean Oak (hardwood)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNominal Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6mm x 34mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2400mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eD mould (cover moulding)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnfinished, sanded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUse Class\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInterior use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's used for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCovering expansion gaps around oak or engineered wood flooring where a matching hardwood trim is needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConcealing joins between wall panelling, cladding boards or cabinet edges for a neat finished appearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdding a decorative border or detail line to furniture, alcove shelving or fitted joinery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRunning alongside existing architraves or skirting boards to introduce a traditional layered moulding effect\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and handling\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow the moulding to acclimatise in the room where it will be fitted for at least 48 hours before fixing, particularly in heated or humid environments, to reduce the risk of movement after installation. Fix using a combination of panel adhesive and lost-head pins, punching the heads below the surface and filling before finishing. Oak takes stain, oil and varnish well, so apply your chosen finish after fitting for a consistent result across the surrounding joinery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this oak cover moulding be used over underfloor heating systems?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, but acclimatisation is especially important. Allow the moulding at least 48 to 72 hours to adjust to the ambient temperature and humidity of the room before fixing. Keep the heating at a steady running temperature during this period rather than switching it off.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between a D mould and a hockey stick moulding?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA D mould has a symmetrical rounded profile on the face and a flat back, making it suitable for surface-mounted cover work on flat substrates. A hockey stick moulding has an angled rebate designed to sit over the edge of flooring, so the two profiles serve different purposes depending on the application.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this moulding come pre-finished?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, this oak cover moulding is supplied unfinished and sanded, ready to accept your chosen stain, oil, wax or varnish. This allows you to match the finish precisely to surrounding woodwork or flooring.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full range of hardwood and softwood profiles in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/oak-mouldings\"\u003eoak mouldings collection\u003c\/a\u003e at Nottage Timber Merchants. We supply trade and retail customers across Bridgend, South Wales and offer next-day delivery across the local area on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can this oak cover moulding be used over underfloor heating systems?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, but acclimatisation is especially important. Allow the moulding at least 48 to 72 hours to adjust to the ambient temperature and humidity of the room before fixing. Keep the heating at a steady running temperature during this period rather than switching it off.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between a D mould and a hockey stick moulding?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"A D mould has a symmetrical rounded profile on the face and a flat back, making it suitable for surface-mounted cover work on flat substrates. A hockey stick moulding has an angled rebate designed to sit over the edge of flooring, so the two profiles serve different purposes depending on the application.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does this moulding come pre-finished?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No, this oak cover moulding is supplied unfinished and sanded, ready to accept your chosen stain, oil, wax or varnish. This allows you to match the finish precisely to surrounding woodwork or flooring.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Nottage Timber Merchants","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52567953441105,"sku":"CHES0092","price":7.88,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/1467\/1697\/files\/om007__97374.1701339653.1280.1280.jpg?v=1765234509"},{"product_id":"oak-door-stop-moulding-12mm-x-34mm-x-2400mm","title":"Oak Door Stop Moulding 12mm x 34mm x 2400mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eOak door stop moulding in a 12mm x 34mm x 2400mm length provides a neat, decorative stop point inside door frames, preventing the door from swinging past the frame. The rounded profile suits a wide range of interior joinery applications and takes stains and finishes well.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProperty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEuropean Oak (hardwood)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNominal Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12mm x 34mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2400mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRounded \/ curved door stop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnfinished (ready to stain, paint or lacquer)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUse Class\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal joinery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's used for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFitting inside door frames to provide a positive stop point for internal doors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacing worn or damaged door stop beads on existing door linings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew door frame installations where a separate stop moulding is required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecorative interior trim work where an oak finish is preferred for consistency with other hardwood joinery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and handling\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBefore fitting, allow the moulding to acclimatise in the room where it will be installed for at least 48 hours, particularly in rooms with underfloor heating or variable humidity. It can be fixed using panel pins, adhesive or a combination of both for a solid, clean finish. Once fitted, apply your chosen stain, oil or lacquer to seal the surface and bring out the natural grain of the oak.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between a door stop moulding and a door lining?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA door lining is the full frame that surrounds the door opening and is fixed to the wall. The door stop moulding is the smaller rebated or planted strip fixed to the face of the lining that the door closes against. This 12mm x 34mm oak moulding is the stop bead itself, not the full lining.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this oak door stop moulding be painted rather than stained?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The moulding arrives unfinished so it can be painted, stained, oiled or lacquered. If painting, a primer coat is recommended first to seal the grain and ensure an even topcoat. For a natural look, a clear hardwax oil or oak stain will show the grain well.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many lengths do I need for a standard internal door frame?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA standard internal door frame typically requires two vertical lengths and one horizontal length. Two 2400mm lengths will generally cover both verticals with minimal waste, and you can cut the head piece from the offcuts depending on door height. Always measure your specific frame before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between a door stop moulding and a door lining?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"A door lining is the full frame that surrounds the door opening and is fixed to the wall. The door stop moulding is the smaller rebated or planted strip fixed to the face of the lining that the door closes against. This 12mm x 34mm oak moulding is the stop bead itself, not the full lining.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can this oak door stop moulding be painted rather than stained?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. The moulding arrives unfinished so it can be painted, stained, oiled or lacquered. If painting, a primer coat is recommended first to seal the grain and ensure an even topcoat. For a natural look, a clear hardwax oil or oak stain will show the grain well.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How many lengths do I need for a standard internal door frame?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"A standard internal door frame typically requires two vertical lengths and one horizontal length. Two 2400mm lengths will generally cover both verticals with minimal waste, and you can cut the head piece from the offcuts depending on door height. Always measure your specific frame before ordering.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full range of \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/oak-mouldings\"\u003eoak mouldings at Nottage Timber Merchants\u003c\/a\u003e for matching architrave, skirting and casing profiles. We supply trade and retail customers across Bridgend and South Wales, with next-day delivery available to many local postcodes.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nottage Timber Merchants","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52567953637713,"sku":"CHE\/OMO20","price":12.48,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/1467\/1697\/files\/om020__30602.1701339654.1280.1280.jpg?v=1765234529"},{"product_id":"oak-half-round-cover-moulding-6mm-x-18mm-x-2400mm","title":"Oak Half Round Cover Moulding 6mm x 18mm x 2400mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eOak half round cover moulding in 6mm x 18mm x 2400mm lengths is a compact hardwood trim used to conceal gaps and neaten joints in furniture, joinery and interior fitouts. The half round profile sits flush against flat surfaces, giving a clean, traditional finish wherever a tidy edge is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProperty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEuropean oak\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHalf round\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNominal Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6mm x 18mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2400mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnfinished \/ ready to stain or paint\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUse Class\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat it is used for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCovering the expansion gap around the perimeter of hardwood or engineered wood flooring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConcealing joints between furniture panels, cabinet carcasses and fitted units\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdding a decorative rounded bead to skirting boards, architraves and door linings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNeatening edges on shelving, alcove builds and general interior joinery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and handling\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow the moulding to acclimatise in the room where it will be fixed for at least 48 hours before fitting, particularly important in rooms with underfloor heating or variable humidity. Fix using a suitable wood adhesive or panel pins; avoid over-nailing on such a slim profile as splitting can occur if pins are placed too close to the ends. Sand lightly with a fine-grit paper before applying your chosen stain, oil or lacquer, as oak takes finish well and the grain will accept colour evenly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this oak cover moulding be used over an underfloor heating expansion gap?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is commonly used for this purpose. Fix the moulding to the skirting or wall only, not to the floor, so the floor can still move freely beneath it. Allow the moulding to acclimatise beforehand to reduce the risk of warping after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between a cover moulding and a scotia?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA cover moulding with a half round profile presents a simple, convex bead face. A scotia is concave and sits at an angle into an internal corner. Half round cover moulding suits flat surface joints and perimeter gaps, while scotia is typically used where a floor meets a skirting board at an angle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many lengths do I need to cover a standard room perimeter?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the total perimeter of the room in millimetres and divide by 2400 to get the number of lengths required, then add roughly 10 to 15 per cent for mitre cuts and waste. For a typical 4m x 5m room with a perimeter of around 18,000mm, eight lengths would normally be sufficient with waste allowance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full range of \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/oak-mouldings\"\u003eoak mouldings\u003c\/a\u003e at Nottage Timber Merchants, including beading, astragal and panel mouldings. We supply trade and retail customers across South Wales, with stock available for collection from Bridgend and delivery to local addresses.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can this oak cover moulding be used over an underfloor heating expansion gap?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, it is commonly used for this purpose. Fix the moulding to the skirting or wall only, not to the floor, so the floor can still move freely beneath it. Allow the moulding to acclimatise beforehand to reduce the risk of warping after fitting.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between a cover moulding and a scotia?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"A cover moulding with a half round profile presents a simple, convex bead face. A scotia is concave and sits at an angle into an internal corner. Half round cover moulding suits flat surface joints and perimeter gaps, while scotia is typically used where a floor meets a skirting board at an angle.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How many lengths do I need to cover a standard room perimeter?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Measure the total perimeter of the room in millimetres and divide by 2400 to get the number of lengths required, then add roughly 10 to 15 per cent for mitre cuts and waste. For a typical 4m x 5m room with a perimeter of around 18,000mm, eight lengths would normally be sufficient with waste allowance.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Nottage Timber Merchants","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52567956521297,"sku":"CHES0089","price":4.3,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/1467\/1697\/files\/om003__61079.1701339663.1280.1280.jpg?v=1765234622"},{"product_id":"oak-barrel-moulding-9mm-x-21mm-x-2400mm","title":"Oak Barrel Moulding 9mm x 21mm x 2400mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eOak barrel moulding in a 9mm x 21mm profile is a traditional triple-curved hardwood strip used to add decorative detail to walls, doors, furniture and ceilings. Supplied in 2400mm lengths, it is cut from solid oak and suited to both period and modern interiors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProperty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolid oak hardwood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBarrel (triple-curved)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNominal Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9mm x 21mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2400mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnfinished (ready to paint, stain or oil)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJoinery grade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's used for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCreating panelled wall effects by framing sections of plasterboard or timber boarding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBordering picture frames, mirrors or cabinet door fronts for a traditional finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdding a decorative shadow line to door frames, furniture edges or fitted joinery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinishing ceiling panels or coffered ceiling features in period-style rooms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and handling\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBefore fitting, leave the moulding in the room where it will be installed for at least 48 hours so it can acclimatise to the ambient temperature and humidity, which reduces the risk of movement after fixing. Lengths can be fixed using panel pins, a pin nailer, wood adhesive or a combination of both for a secure bond on walls, doors or furniture surfaces. Once fitted, finish with your choice of oak oil, stain or paint to protect the wood and bring out the grain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is oak barrel moulding used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOak barrel moulding is primarily used to create decorative panelled effects on walls and ceilings, to frame cabinet doors and mirror surrounds, and to add a traditional profile to fitted furniture and joinery. Its triple-curved shape catches light well and suits both period and contemporary schemes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I paint or stain oak barrel moulding?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Because this moulding is supplied unfinished, it accepts paint, wood stain or hardwax oil without any preparation beyond a light sand. Oak grain can show through lighter paint colours, so a grain-filling primer is worth considering if you want a smooth painted finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I fix 9mm x 21mm oak moulding to a wall?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor most applications, a combination of panel pins and wood adhesive gives the strongest result. On plasterboard or painted surfaces, use a contact adhesive or grab adhesive rated for hardwood, and support the moulding with pins or tape while the adhesive sets. Pre-drill near the ends to avoid splitting the oak.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is oak barrel moulding used for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Oak barrel moulding is primarily used to create decorative panelled effects on walls and ceilings, to frame cabinet doors and mirror surrounds, and to add a traditional profile to fitted furniture and joinery. Its triple-curved shape catches light well and suits both period and contemporary schemes.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I paint or stain oak barrel moulding?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Because this moulding is supplied unfinished, it accepts paint, wood stain or hardwax oil without any preparation beyond a light sand. Oak grain can show through lighter paint colours, so a grain-filling primer is worth considering if you want a smooth painted finish.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How do I fix 9mm x 21mm oak moulding to a wall?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"For most applications, a combination of panel pins and wood adhesive gives the strongest result. On plasterboard or painted surfaces, use a contact adhesive or grab adhesive rated for hardwood, and support the moulding with pins or tape while the adhesive sets. Pre-drill near the ends to avoid splitting the oak.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full range at \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/oak-mouldings\"\u003eNottage Timber Merchants oak mouldings\u003c\/a\u003e, where you will find a variety of profiles and sizes to suit any joinery project. We supply trade and retail customers across Bridgend and South Wales, with next-day delivery available to many local areas.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nottage Timber Merchants","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52567961338193,"sku":"CHES0054","price":2.42,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/1467\/1697\/files\/om016__37536.1701339672.1280.1280.jpg?v=1765234712"},{"product_id":"oak-barrel-moulding-12mm-x-34mm-x-2400mm","title":"Oak Barrel Moulding 12mm x 34mm x 2400mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eOak barrel moulding in a 12mm x 34mm profile and 2400mm length, this traditional triple-curved hardwood moulding is a practical choice for panelling, picture framing, and decorative detailing on walls, doors, ceilings, and furniture across residential and commercial projects.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProperty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEuropean oak hardwood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNominal Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12mm x 34mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2400mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBarrel (triple curved)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSanded, ready to finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's used for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWall panelling - used as a panel mould to create raised or flat panel effects on timber-clad walls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePicture framing and mirror surrounds - the curved profile suits both traditional and contemporary frame styles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor and furniture detailing - applied to cabinet doors, drawer fronts, and wardrobe panels to add depth and definition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCeiling and cornice features - used as a lightweight decorative border between ceiling panels or timber boards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and handling\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow the moulding to acclimatise in the room where it will be fitted for at least 48 hours before installation, keeping it flat and away from direct heat sources such as radiators. Fix using panel pins, fine countersunk screws, or a suitable wood adhesive - a combination of pins and adhesive is recommended on larger runs to reduce movement. Once fitted, finish with an oil, wax, or clear lacquer suited to interior hardwood to protect the grain and maintain the oak's natural appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is oak barrel moulding used for in joinery?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOak barrel moulding is primarily used for decorative panelling, picture framing, and detailing on doors, furniture, and walls. The triple-curved barrel profile gives a traditional raised appearance that suits period-style interiors as well as modern Shaker-influenced designs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the finished size of this oak barrel moulding?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe nominal size is 12mm x 34mm with a length of 2400mm per length. As this is a sanded hardwood moulding, the finished face dimensions may be fractionally under nominal due to machining, which is standard practice for profiled timber products.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I paint or stain this oak barrel moulding?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Oak accepts most interior wood stains, oils, waxes, and clear lacquers well. If you intend to paint it, apply a suitable hardwood primer first as oak's natural tannins can bleed through standard water-based primers without a barrier coat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is oak barrel moulding used for in joinery?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Oak barrel moulding is primarily used for decorative panelling, picture framing, and detailing on doors, furniture, and walls. The triple-curved barrel profile gives a traditional raised appearance that suits period-style interiors as well as modern Shaker-influenced designs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the finished size of this oak barrel moulding?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The nominal size is 12mm x 34mm with a length of 2400mm per length. As this is a sanded hardwood moulding, the finished face dimensions may be fractionally under nominal due to machining, which is standard practice for profiled timber products.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I paint or stain this oak barrel moulding?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Oak accepts most interior wood stains, oils, waxes, and clear lacquers well. If you intend to paint it, apply a suitable hardwood primer first as oak's natural tannins can bleed through standard water-based primers without a barrier coat.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full range of hardwood and softwood profiles in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/oak-mouldings\"\u003eoak mouldings collection\u003c\/a\u003e at Nottage Timber Merchants. Trade and retail customers in Bridgend and across South Wales can collect from our yard or ask about next-day local delivery on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nottage Timber Merchants","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52567963566417,"sku":"CHES0015","price":10.02,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/1467\/1697\/files\/om017__63884.1701339673.1280.1280.jpg?v=1765234741"},{"product_id":"oak-broken-ogee-decorative-moulding-15mm-x-8mm-x-2400mm","title":"Oak Broken Ogee Decorative Moulding 15mm x 8mm x 2400mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eOak broken ogee decorative moulding in a 15mm x 8mm x 2400mm length offers a traditional rounded profile suited to furniture edging, shelving, joinery trim and architectural finishing work. Cut from solid oak, it delivers a hard-wearing, characterful edge detail that takes stains and oils well.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProperty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolid oak (European hardwood)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnfinished (ready to sand, stain or oil)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNominal Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15mm x 8mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2400mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBroken ogee (large rounded detail to one face)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's used for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEdging worktops and kitchen cabinet doors to give a clean, classic profile\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrimming shelving and fitted furniture where a period-style detail is wanted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePairing with oak skirting boards or architraves to carry a consistent profile through a room\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecorative finishing on staircases, panelling and bespoke joinery projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and handling\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow the moulding to acclimatise in the room where it will be fitted for at least 48 hours before fixing, particularly in kitchens or rooms with underfloor heating. Fix with a good-quality wood adhesive and secure with panel pins at regular intervals, punching the heads below the surface and filling before finishing. Apply your chosen oil, wax or stain once fitted to seal the oak and protect against moisture movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is a broken ogee profile?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA broken ogee is a traditional moulding profile featuring a large convex rounded detail that is interrupted or stepped, giving it a more pronounced shadow line than a plain ogee. It is a common choice in period-style furniture and joinery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this oak moulding be used in a kitchen?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is suitable for kitchen cabinet edging and worktop finishing. Seal it thoroughly with a food-safe oil or lacquer to protect against moisture and cleaning products. Allow full acclimatisation before fitting in a kitchen environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I fix oak decorative moulding without the pins showing?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse a combination of PVA or wood adhesive and fine panel pins. Punch the pin heads just below the surface, fill with a matching oak filler, then sand flush before applying your finish. In areas where pins are not practical, adhesive alone works well on a clean, dry surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is a broken ogee profile?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"A broken ogee is a traditional moulding profile featuring a large convex rounded detail that is interrupted or stepped, giving it a more pronounced shadow line than a plain ogee. It is a common choice in period-style furniture and joinery.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can this oak moulding be used in a kitchen?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, it is suitable for kitchen cabinet edging and worktop finishing. Seal it thoroughly with a food-safe oil or lacquer to protect against moisture and cleaning products. Allow full acclimatisation before fitting in a kitchen environment.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How do I fix oak decorative moulding without the pins showing?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Use a combination of PVA or wood adhesive and fine panel pins. Punch the pin heads just below the surface, fill with a matching oak filler, then sand flush before applying your finish. In areas where pins are not practical, adhesive alone works well on a clean, dry surface.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis moulding is part of the Nottage Timber Merchants hardwood range. Browse the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/oak-mouldings\"\u003eoak mouldings collection\u003c\/a\u003e for matching profiles and complementary sections. We supply trade and retail customers across South Wales, with next-day delivery available to the Bridgend area.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nottage Timber Merchants","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52567964746065,"sku":"CHES0098","price":5.2,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/1467\/1697\/files\/om018__85746.1701339675.1280.1280.jpg?v=1765234804"},{"product_id":"oak-broken-ogee-decorative-moulding-21mm-x-8mm-x-2400mm","title":"Oak Broken Ogee Decorative Moulding 21mm x 8mm x 2400mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eOak broken ogee decorative moulding in a 21mm x 8mm x 2400mm length offers a classic hardwood trim profile suited to furniture, cabinetry and joinery finishing work. The traditional ogee curve adds a neat, defined edge detail that suits both period and contemporary interiors across the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProperty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOak (hardwood)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBroken ogee\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNominal Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21mm x 8mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2400mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnfinished (ready for staining, oiling or varnishing)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's used for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEdging and finishing solid oak or oak-veneered furniture, including tables, cabinets and bookcases\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrimming worktops and shelving where a traditional moulded edge detail is required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplementing oak skirting boards and architraves to give a consistent profile throughout a room\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdding a decorative detail to coving joints, panel work or picture rail installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and handling\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow the moulding to acclimatise in the room where it will be fitted for at least 48 hours before fixing, particularly in heated interiors, to reduce the risk of movement after installation. Cut to length using a fine-toothed saw or mitre saw, then secure with wood adhesive, panel pins or both for a reliable bond on most substrates. If you plan to finish with oil, stain or varnish, apply after fitting and ensure the surface is clean, dry and lightly sanded to achieve an even result.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is a broken ogee moulding used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA broken ogee moulding is used to apply a traditional decorative edge or trim to furniture, cabinetry, shelving and joinery. The profile features a gentle S-shaped curve that suits both classic and contemporary settings, giving a clean finished appearance to raw edges and joints.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I paint or stain this oak moulding?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. This moulding is supplied unfinished, so it accepts oil, hardwax oil, stain or varnish. Oak has an open grain, so a grain filler or sanding sealer is worth applying first if you want a very smooth painted finish. For a natural look, a clear hardwax oil or Danish oil works well and enhances the grain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many lengths do I need for a typical room?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThat depends on the application. For edging shelving or worktops, measure the total linear run and divide by 2.4 to get the number of 2400mm lengths required, adding around 10 percent for cutting waste. If you are using it alongside skirting or as a panel trim, measure each wall run individually and allow extra for mitre cuts at corners.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full range of oak trim and edge profiles in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/oak-mouldings\"\u003eoak mouldings collection\u003c\/a\u003e at Nottage Timber Merchants. We supply trade and retail customers across Bridgend and South Wales, with next-day delivery available to many local postcodes. Contact us for quantity pricing or profile advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is a broken ogee moulding used for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"A broken ogee moulding is used to apply a traditional decorative edge or trim to furniture, cabinetry, shelving and joinery. The profile features a gentle S-shaped curve that suits both classic and contemporary settings, giving a clean finished appearance to raw edges and joints.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I paint or stain this oak moulding?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This moulding is supplied unfinished, so it accepts oil, hardwax oil, stain or varnish. Oak has an open grain, so a grain filler or sanding sealer is worth applying first if you want a very smooth painted finish. For a natural look, a clear hardwax oil or Danish oil works well and enhances the grain.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How many lengths do I need for a typical room?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"That depends on the application. For edging shelving or worktops, measure the total linear run and divide by 2.4 to get the number of 2400mm lengths required, adding around 10 percent for cutting waste. If you are using it alongside skirting or as a panel trim, measure each wall run individually and allow extra for mitre cuts at corners.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Nottage Timber Merchants","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52567965270353,"sku":"CHES0099","price":4.4,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/1467\/1697\/files\/om019__69405.1701339676.1280.1280.jpg?v=1765234834"},{"product_id":"oak-dowel-rod-9mm-x-2400mm","title":"Oak Dowel Rod 9mm x 2400mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eOak dowel rod in 9mm diameter and 2400mm length, machined to a consistent round profile for accurate, repeatable jointing. Solid oak throughout, this versatile rod suits furniture making, shelving, craft work and general woodworking where a clean, natural timber fixing is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProperty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolid oak\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRound dowel rod\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNominal Diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2400mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachined, sanded smooth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's used for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFurniture jointing and assembly, including chair rails, cabinet frames and table bases\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf pegs and storage rail supports in fitted wardrobes and freestanding units\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanging rails for coat hooks, tool racks and workshop storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCraft and hobby projects including dowel beading, model making and decorative woodwork\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and handling\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eStore the rod horizontally on a flat surface in a dry indoor space before use, allowing it to acclimatise to the room for 24 to 48 hours, particularly in heated interiors where movement is more likely. Cut to your required length with a fine-tooth saw and lightly sand the cut ends to remove any roughness before fitting. The rod takes wood glue, oil, varnish or paint well once the surface has been keyed with 120-grit sandpaper.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat diameter hole should I drill for a 9mm oak dowel rod?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDrill a 9mm hole for a snug fit when using adhesive. If you need a sliding or push-fit assembly without glue, a 9.5mm or 10mm bit gives enough clearance without excessive play.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use this oak dowel rod outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis rod is intended for internal joinery and furniture use. Oak is naturally durable, but without a suitable exterior finish or preservative treatment, prolonged outdoor exposure will cause weathering and checking. For external projects, apply a UV-resistant oil or exterior varnish and keep the rod away from standing water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I buy oak dowel rod cut to a shorter length?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe rod is sold as a full 2400mm length. It cuts cleanly with a tenon saw or mitre saw, so you can section it to your exact requirements on site or in the workshop.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor complementary solid oak mouldings, beadings and trim to finish your project, browse the full range at \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/oak-mouldings\"\u003eoak mouldings\u003c\/a\u003e from Nottage Timber Merchants. We hold real stock at our Bridgend yard in South Wales and offer next-day delivery across the South Wales area.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What diameter hole should I drill for a 9mm oak dowel rod?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Drill a 9mm hole for a snug fit when using adhesive. If you need a sliding or push-fit assembly without glue, a 9.5mm or 10mm bit gives enough clearance without excessive play.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I use this oak dowel rod outdoors?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"This rod is intended for internal joinery and furniture use. Oak is naturally durable, but without a suitable exterior finish or preservative treatment, prolonged outdoor exposure will cause weathering and checking. For external projects, apply a UV-resistant oil or exterior varnish and keep the rod away from standing water.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I buy oak dowel rod cut to a shorter length?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The rod is sold as a full 2400mm length. It cuts cleanly with a tenon saw or mitre saw, so you can section it to your exact requirements on site or in the workshop.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Nottage Timber Merchants","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52567973232977,"sku":"T01389","price":3.17,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/1467\/1697\/files\/om030__35487.1701339691.1280.1280.jpg?v=1765235146"},{"product_id":"oak-dowel-rod-12mm-x-2400mm","title":"Oak Dowel Rod 12mm x 2400mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eOak dowel rod 12mm x 2400mm is a solid, accurately turned hardwood rod suitable for joinery, furniture making and general woodworking. Machined to a consistent round profile from European oak, this 12mm rod offers reliable performance for dowel joints, shelf pins and decorative beading work.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProperty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEuropean oak (hardwood)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRound dowel rod\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNominal Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12mm diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2400mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmooth turned, sanded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTreatment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUntreated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's used for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDowel jointing in cabinet making and furniture construction, providing a strong mechanical fixing between timber components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf support pins and rail inserts in fitted wardrobes, bookcases and storage units\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecorative beading and insert work, including turned spindles and ornamental detail in joinery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool and implement handles where a hardwood grip of consistent diameter is required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and handling\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow the dowel rods to acclimatise in the room or workshop where they will be used for at least 48 hours before cutting, particularly in centrally heated interiors where timber can shrink or expand. When using for joinery joints, apply a suitable PVA woodworking adhesive to the dowel and socket, ensuring the dowel length allows a small relief hole or chamfer at the base to prevent hydraulic lock. The smooth turned surface accepts Danish oil, clear varnish or wax finishes with light sanding using 120 to 180 grit paper.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is a 12mm oak dowel rod used for in joinery?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA 12mm oak dowel rod is commonly used to create dowel joints in furniture and cabinet making, as shelf support pegs, decorative turned inserts and as handles for hand tools. The 12mm diameter is one of the most widely used sizes for structural joints in hardwood furniture.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I cut oak dowel rods to shorter lengths?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The 2400mm length can be cut down using a tenon saw, mitre saw or bandsaw. Mark your required lengths clearly and cut square to the rod for the best fit in sockets. Lightly chamfer or sand the cut ends to help the dowel seat cleanly without splitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo oak dowel rods need treating before use indoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor interior use, oak dowel rods do not require treatment before fitting, though a coat of Danish oil, hard wax oil or clear varnish will improve their appearance and protect the surface from moisture and handling. If the dowels are to remain hidden within a joint, no finish is necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse our full range of \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/oak-mouldings\"\u003eoak mouldings\u003c\/a\u003e to find complementary hardwood profiles for your project. Nottage Timber Merchants offer collection from Bridgend and delivery across South Wales, with next-day options available to much of the region.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is a 12mm oak dowel rod used for in joinery?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"A 12mm oak dowel rod is commonly used to create dowel joints in furniture and cabinet making, as shelf support pegs, decorative turned inserts and as handles for hand tools. The 12mm diameter is one of the most widely used sizes for structural joints in hardwood furniture.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I cut oak dowel rods to shorter lengths?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. The 2400mm length can be cut down using a tenon saw, mitre saw or bandsaw. Mark your required lengths clearly and cut square to the rod for the best fit in sockets. Lightly chamfer or sand the cut ends to help the dowel seat cleanly without splitting.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do oak dowel rods need treating before use indoors?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"For interior use, oak dowel rods do not require treatment before fitting, though a coat of Danish oil, hard wax oil or clear varnish will improve their appearance and protect the surface from moisture and handling. If the dowels are to remain hidden within a joint, no finish is necessary.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Nottage Timber Merchants","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52567973560657,"sku":"CHES0013","price":4.52,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/1467\/1697\/files\/om031__44497.1701339691.1280.1280.jpg?v=1765235166"},{"product_id":"oak-dowel-rod-18mm-x-18mm-x-2400mm","title":"Oak Dowel Rod 18mm x 18mm x 2400mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eOak dowel rod 18mm diameter, supplied in a 2400mm length, is a solid hardwood round section suited to furniture making, joinery, and general woodworking. Precision-turned from European oak, it offers a smooth, consistent profile ready to cut, shape, and finish on site.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProperty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEuropean oak (hardwood)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRound (dowel rod)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNominal Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18mm diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2400mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrecision-turned, smooth machined surface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTreatment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUntreated - accept varnish, oil, wax or paint\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's used for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDowel jointing in cabinet making and furniture construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanging rails inside wardrobes and storage units\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecorative beadings, spindles, and turned detail work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurtain poles and lightweight display rods in interior fit-outs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and handling\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eStore the dowel rod flat in a dry, well-ventilated space before use and allow it to acclimatise to the room temperature for at least 48 hours, particularly in heated interiors, to reduce any risk of movement after fitting. When using as a jointing dowel, apply a suitable wood adhesive evenly along the shaft and ensure the mating holes are bored accurately to avoid splitting the surrounding timber. For a finished appearance, lightly sand the surface with 120-grit then 180-grit paper before applying your chosen oil, wax, or varnish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat diameter hole should I drill for an 18mm oak dowel rod?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDrill a hole of exactly 18mm using a sharp flat bit or Forstner bit. For a firm press fit in jointing applications, some woodworkers prefer to bore at 17.5mm and sand the dowel lightly to achieve a snug, glued fit without gaps.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this oak dowel rod be used as a curtain pole?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the 18mm diameter is a common size for lightweight curtain poles in domestic settings. It suits standard 19mm curtain pole brackets and can be cut to your required width with a hand saw or mitre saw on site.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this dowel rod available in longer lengths or larger diameters?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNottage Timber Merchants stock oak dowel rods in a range of sizes. Contact us directly for bulk requirements, alternative diameters, or cut-to-length orders tailored to your project.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor complementary hardwood mouldings and decorative sections, browse the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/oak-mouldings\"\u003eoak mouldings collection\u003c\/a\u003e at Nottage Timber Merchants. We supply trade and retail customers across South Wales, with next-day delivery available to the Bridgend area and surrounding regions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What diameter hole should I drill for an 18mm oak dowel rod?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Drill a hole of exactly 18mm using a sharp flat bit or Forstner bit. For a firm press fit in jointing applications, some woodworkers prefer to bore at 17.5mm and sand the dowel lightly to achieve a snug, glued fit without gaps.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can this oak dowel rod be used as a curtain pole?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, the 18mm diameter is a common size for lightweight curtain poles in domestic settings. It suits standard 19mm curtain pole brackets and can be cut to your required width with a hand saw or mitre saw on site.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is this dowel rod available in longer lengths or larger diameters?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Nottage Timber Merchants stock oak dowel rods in a range of sizes. Contact us directly for bulk requirements, alternative diameters, or cut-to-length orders tailored to your project.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Nottage Timber Merchants","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52567974347089,"sku":"T01391","price":13.42,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/1467\/1697\/files\/om032__25922.1701339692.1280.1280.jpg?v=1765235196"},{"product_id":"oak-quadrant-moulding-12mm-x-12mm-x-2400mm","title":"Oak Quadrant Moulding 12mm x 12mm x 2400mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eOak quadrant moulding 12mm x 12mm x 2400mm is a small-section hardwood trim used to conceal expansion gaps between wood flooring and skirting boards, giving internal corners and flooring perimeters a neat, finished appearance without filler or caulk.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProperty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEuropean oak (hardwood)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuadrant (quarter-round)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNominal Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12mm x 12mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2400mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnfinished (bare wood, ready to paint, stain or varnish)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFixing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLost-head pins, adhesive or fine screws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's used for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCovering the expansion gap between solid or engineered wood flooring and skirting boards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinishing internal corner joints on timber panelling or cladding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNeatening the junction between a kitchen worktop and a tiled or plastered wall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrimming the edges of fitted shelving or cabinet units where a sharp corner needs covering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and handling\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBefore fitting, allow the moulding to acclimatise in the room for at least 48 hours so the oak adjusts to the ambient temperature and humidity, reducing the risk of movement after fixing. Fix using lost-head panel pins at roughly 400mm centres, punching the heads below the surface and filling before finishing, or apply a suitable wood adhesive where pinning is not practical. Oak can be finished with a clear hardwax oil, varnish, stain or paint to match your floor or joinery, and should be stored flat and off the ground in dry conditions prior to installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between oak quadrant moulding and oak Scotia moulding?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA quadrant moulding has a simple quarter-circle profile, giving a curved face that sits flush to both surfaces. Scotia moulding has a concave, S-shaped profile that creates a slightly more pronounced shadow line. Both serve the same purpose of covering expansion gaps, so the choice is largely a matter of appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I paint this oak quadrant moulding?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Being unfinished bare wood, it accepts paint, stain, varnish or hardwax oil. If painting, apply a primer coat first and lightly sand between coats for the best adhesion on the open grain of the oak.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many lengths do I need for a standard room?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the total perimeter of the room in millimetres, deduct any doorways, then divide by 2400. It is good practice to add 10 to 15 per cent for cutting wastage, mitres at corners and any defects you choose to cut out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNottage Timber Merchants supply oak quadrant and a full range of hardwood and softwood profiles from our Bridgend depot. Browse the complete \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/oak-mouldings\"\u003eoak mouldings collection\u003c\/a\u003e for matching architrave, cover bead and other trim profiles. Local delivery to the Bridgend and South Wales area is available, with next-day options for stocked items.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between oak quadrant moulding and oak Scotia moulding?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"A quadrant moulding has a simple quarter-circle profile, giving a curved face that sits flush to both surfaces. Scotia moulding has a concave, S-shaped profile that creates a slightly more pronounced shadow line. Both serve the same purpose of covering expansion gaps, so the choice is largely a matter of appearance.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I paint this oak quadrant moulding?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Being unfinished bare wood, it accepts paint, stain, varnish or hardwax oil. If painting, apply a primer coat first and lightly sand between coats for the best adhesion on the open grain of the oak.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How many lengths do I need for a standard room?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Measure the total perimeter of the room in millimetres, deduct any doorways, then divide by 2400. It is good practice to add 10 to 15 per cent for cutting wastage, mitres at corners and any defects you choose to cut out.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Nottage Timber Merchants","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52567986930001,"sku":"CHES0006","price":5.52,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/1467\/1697\/files\/om009__70121.1701339719.1280.1280.jpg?v=1765235806"},{"product_id":"oak-quadrant-moulding-15mm-x-15mm-x-2400mm","title":"Oak Quadrant Moulding 15mm x 15mm x 2400mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eOak quadrant moulding in a 15mm x 15mm profile and 2400mm length is a neat, hardwearing trim used to conceal expansion gaps between timber flooring and skirting boards, and to finish internal corner joints cleanly. Cut from solid oak, it combines a natural grain with a smooth curved face.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProperty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolid oak\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuadrant (quarter-round)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNominal Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15mm x 15mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2400mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSanded, unfinished\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's used for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCovering the expansion gap between solid or engineered oak flooring and skirting boards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinishing the junction between a kitchen worktop and a tiled or plastered wall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNeatening internal corner joints on timber panelling or cladding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProviding a tidy edge detail around door thresholds and step nosings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and handling\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBefore fitting, allow the moulding to acclimatise in the room for at least 48 hours so the oak adjusts to the ambient temperature and humidity, reducing the risk of movement after fixing. Secure with lost-head pins, a brad nailer, or a suitable wood adhesive, taking care not to fix through the flooring itself so the floor can still expand and contract freely. Once fitted, apply your chosen finish, whether oil, wax or clear lacquer, to match the surrounding timber and protect the surface from moisture and wear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between an oak quadrant and an oak Scotia moulding?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA quadrant moulding has a simple quarter-circle profile with a flat back on two sides, making it ideal for tight right-angle corners. A Scotia has a more concave, stepped profile that sits slightly proud of the corner and gives a deeper shadow line. Both are used for similar applications but produce a noticeably different finished look.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I paint or stain this oak quadrant moulding?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Because it arrives unfinished, you can apply stain, oil, wax or paint to match your existing floor or joinery. For best results, lightly sand with 180-grit paper before applying the first coat, then allow to dry fully before a second coat if needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many lengths do I need for a typical room?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the total perimeter where the gap needs covering, then divide by 2.4 to get the number of lengths required. Add one extra length to allow for mitred corners and any waste from cutting. For a standard 4m x 5m room with four walls, you would typically need around eight to nine lengths.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between an oak quadrant and an oak Scotia moulding?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"A quadrant moulding has a simple quarter-circle profile with a flat back on two sides, making it ideal for tight right-angle corners. A Scotia has a more concave, stepped profile that sits slightly proud of the corner and gives a deeper shadow line. Both are used for similar applications but produce a noticeably different finished look.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I paint or stain this oak quadrant moulding?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Because it arrives unfinished, you can apply stain, oil, wax or paint to match your existing floor or joinery. For best results, lightly sand with 180-grit paper before applying the first coat, then allow to dry fully before a second coat if needed.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How many lengths do I need for a typical room?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Measure the total perimeter where the gap needs covering, then divide by 2.4 to get the number of lengths required. Add one extra length to allow for mitred corners and any waste from cutting. For a standard 4m x 5m room with four walls, you would typically need around eight to nine lengths.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full range of solid and engineered profiles in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/oak-mouldings\"\u003eoak mouldings collection\u003c\/a\u003e for matching architraves, beading and cover strips. Nottage Timber Merchants offer next-day delivery across Bridgend and the wider South Wales area on stocked lines.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nottage Timber Merchants","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52567987290449,"sku":"CHES0020","price":7.52,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/1467\/1697\/files\/om010__77314.1701339720.1280.1280.jpg?v=1765235835"},{"product_id":"oak-quadrant-moulding-18mm-x-18mm-x-2400mm","title":"Oak Quadrant Moulding 18mm x 18mm x 2400mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eOak quadrant moulding 18mm x 18mm x 2400mm is a solid hardwood trim used to cover expansion gaps along wooden flooring edges and to finish internal corners neatly. Supplied in a 2.4 metre length, it suits both floor-level and joinery applications throughout the home.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProperty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolid oak (hardwood)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuadrant (quarter-round)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNominal Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18mm x 18mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2400mm (2.4m)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnfinished \/ bare wood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUse Class\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal use only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's used for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConcealing expansion gaps between solid or engineered hardwood flooring and skirting boards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNeatening internal wall-to-floor junctions where a tight fit is not possible\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinishing worktop-to-wall joints in kitchens and utility rooms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCovering gaps at skirting board returns and internal corner junctions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and handling\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBefore fixing, allow the moulding to acclimatise in the room for at least 48 hours, particularly in heated or humid environments, to reduce the risk of movement after installation. Fix using lost-head pins or a suitable construction adhesive, ensuring you do not nail through the moulding into the floor itself, as this would restrict the natural expansion of the board beneath. Once fitted, the bare oak surface can be sealed, oiled, stained or painted to match your existing floor or joinery finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between an 18mm oak quadrant and a larger 21mm or 25mm version?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 18mm x 18mm size covers a gap of up to roughly 15mm and suits standard domestic flooring installations where expansion gaps are modest. Larger quadrant sizes are used where wider gaps need to be concealed or where a more prominent visual detail is preferred.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I paint or stain this oak quadrant moulding?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The moulding is supplied unfinished, so it can be oiled, varnished, stained or painted once fitted. Lightly sanding with 120-grit paper before applying any finish will help the coating adhere evenly across the grain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShould I fix oak quadrant moulding to the skirting board or to the floor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAlways fix to the skirting board or the wall, never to the floor. The moulding's purpose is to sit against the floor while remaining attached to the fixed structure above, allowing the flooring to expand and contract freely beneath it without buckling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse our full range at \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/oak-mouldings\"\u003eoak mouldings\u003c\/a\u003e for matching architrave, cover bead and other hardwood profiles. Nottage Timber Merchants offer next-day delivery to Bridgend and across South Wales for stocked lines.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between an 18mm oak quadrant and a larger 21mm or 25mm version?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The 18mm x 18mm size covers a gap of up to roughly 15mm and suits standard domestic flooring installations where expansion gaps are modest. Larger quadrant sizes are used where wider gaps need to be concealed or where a more prominent visual detail is preferred.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I paint or stain this oak quadrant moulding?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. The moulding is supplied unfinished, so it can be oiled, varnished, stained or painted once fitted. Lightly sanding with 120-grit paper before applying any finish will help the coating adhere evenly across the grain.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Should I fix oak quadrant moulding to the skirting board or to the floor?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Always fix to the skirting board or the wall, never to the floor. The moulding's purpose is to sit against the floor while remaining attached to the fixed structure above, allowing the flooring to expand and contract freely beneath it without buckling.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Nottage Timber Merchants","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52567987913041,"sku":"CHES0031","price":9.68,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/1467\/1697\/files\/om011__40870.1701339720.1280.1280.jpg?v=1765235854"},{"product_id":"oak-quadrant-moulding-21mm-x-21mm-x-2400mm","title":"Oak Quadrant Moulding 21mm x 21mm x 2400mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eOak quadrant moulding 21mm x 21mm x 2400mm is a curved hardwood trim used to cover expansion gaps along skirting boards, at internal corners, and along worktop joints. Cut from solid oak, each 2.4 metre length delivers a consistent, clean finish on both solid and engineered flooring installations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProperty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolid oak hardwood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNominal Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21mm x 21mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2400mm (2.4m)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuadrant (quarter-round)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnfinished, ready for stain, lacquer or paint\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUse Class\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal use only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's used for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCovering the expansion gap between timber or engineered flooring and skirting boards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNeatening internal corners where two walls or surfaces meet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinishing the joint between a solid wood or tiled worktop and an upstand or wall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdding a tidy decorative border along the base of kitchen plinths or furniture panels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and handling\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBefore fitting, allow the moulding to acclimatise in the room for at least 48 hours, particularly in heated or humid spaces such as kitchens and bathrooms, to minimise any movement after fixing. Secure using 20mm or 25mm lost-head pins or a suitable wood adhesive, leaving the moulding free to move slightly with the floor rather than fixing rigidly to both floor and skirting. Once fixed, sand lightly with 180-grit paper and apply your chosen stain, hardwax oil or clear lacquer to match existing joinery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between oak quadrant moulding and oak scotia moulding?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eQuadrant moulding has a simple quarter-circle profile that sits flat against both surfaces at a 90-degree corner. Scotia moulding has a concave, stepped profile that stands slightly proud of the corner, giving a more pronounced shadow line. Both serve the same practical purpose of hiding expansion gaps.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I paint this oak quadrant moulding instead of staining it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Oak takes water-based and oil-based primers and topcoats well. Apply a wood primer or sanding sealer first to minimise grain raise, then finish with your chosen paint. For a grain-free painted result, lightly sand between coats with 240-grit paper.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many lengths do I need for a standard room?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the total perimeter of the room in metres, subtract doorway openings, then divide by 2.4 to get the number of lengths required. Add around 10 to 15 per cent for mitred corners and wastage. For a typical 4m x 4m room with one doorway, around seven to eight lengths is usually sufficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full range of hardwood and softwood trims in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/oak-mouldings\"\u003eoak mouldings collection\u003c\/a\u003e at Nottage Timber Merchants. We supply trade and retail customers across Bridgend and South Wales, with next-day local delivery available on stocked items.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between oak quadrant moulding and oak scotia moulding?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Quadrant moulding has a simple quarter-circle profile that sits flat against both surfaces at a 90-degree corner. Scotia moulding has a concave, stepped profile that stands slightly proud of the corner, giving a more pronounced shadow line. Both serve the same practical purpose of hiding expansion gaps.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I paint this oak quadrant moulding instead of staining it?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Oak takes water-based and oil-based primers and topcoats well. Apply a wood primer or sanding sealer first to minimise grain raise, then finish with your chosen paint. For a grain-free painted result, lightly sand between coats with 240-grit paper.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How many lengths do I need for a standard room?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Measure the total perimeter of the room in metres, subtract doorway openings, then divide by 2.4 to get the number of lengths required. Add around 10 to 15 per cent for mitred corners and wastage. For a typical 4m x 4m room with one doorway, around seven to eight lengths is usually sufficient.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Nottage Timber Merchants","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52567988896081,"sku":"CHES0045","price":13.06,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/1467\/1697\/files\/om012__40548.1701339721.1280.1280.jpg?v=1765235875"},{"product_id":"oak-scotia-beading-15mm-x-15mm-x-2400mm","title":"Oak Scotia Beading 15mm x 15mm x 2400mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eOak scotia beading 15mm x 15mm x 2400mm provides a neat, concave cover for internal corner joins between flooring, skirting boards, and walls. Cut from solid hardwood oak, this 2.4-metre length suits both domestic flooring installations and general joinery finishing work.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProperty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolid oak hardwood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScotia (concave quarter-round)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNominal Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15mm x 15mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2400mm (2.4m)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnfinished \/ bare wood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUse Class\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's used for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCovering expansion gaps between solid or engineered oak flooring and skirting boards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinishing internal corner joins in hardwood joinery and cabinetry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConcealing small gaps where wall plaster meets a timber floor or wooden panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProviding a tidy transition line in staircase installations alongside oak treads and risers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and handling\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBefore fitting, allow the oak beading to acclimatise in the room for at least 48 hours to reduce the risk of movement after installation, particularly in rooms with underfloor heating or variable humidity. Fix using lost-head pins or a suitable wood adhesive, taking care not to pin through the beading into the floor itself, as this restricts natural floor movement. Once fitted, the bare oak can be finished with a matching oil, wax, or lacquer to protect the surface and blend with your existing flooring.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size expansion gap does 15mm x 15mm oak scotia beading cover?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 15mm wide, this beading will comfortably cover an expansion gap of up to around 10 to 12mm along the base of a skirting board, which is sufficient for most standard solid and engineered wood floor installations in UK homes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShould I glue or pin oak scotia beading?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEither method works well. Pinning with 40mm lost-head pins into the skirting board (not the floor) is the most common approach as it holds the beading firmly while still allowing the floor to expand and contract freely beneath it. Adhesive can be used on static surfaces such as cabinet internals or stair risers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan oak scotia beading be painted or stained?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Because this beading is unfinished bare oak, it accepts oil, hard-wax oil, water-based lacquer, wood stain, or paint. Lightly sanding with 120-grit paper before applying any finish will help achieve an even result and improve adhesion.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full range of solid and hardwood trims in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/oak-mouldings\"\u003eoak mouldings collection\u003c\/a\u003e at Nottage Timber Merchants. We supply trade and retail customers across South Wales, with next-day delivery available to Bridgend and surrounding areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What size expansion gap does 15mm x 15mm oak scotia beading cover?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"At 15mm wide, this beading will comfortably cover an expansion gap of up to around 10 to 12mm along the base of a skirting board, which is sufficient for most standard solid and engineered wood floor installations in UK homes.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Should I glue or pin oak scotia beading?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Either method works well. Pinning with 40mm lost-head pins into the skirting board (not the floor) is the most common approach as it holds the beading firmly while still allowing the floor to expand and contract freely beneath it. Adhesive can be used on static surfaces such as cabinet internals or stair risers.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can oak scotia beading be painted or stained?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Because this beading is unfinished bare oak, it accepts oil, hard-wax oil, water-based lacquer, wood stain, or paint. Lightly sanding with 120-grit paper before applying any finish will help achieve an even result and improve adhesion.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Nottage Timber Merchants","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52568002298193,"sku":"CHES0021","price":7.52,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/1467\/1697\/files\/om001__18082.1701339740.1280.1280.jpg?v=1765236216"},{"product_id":"oak-scotia-moulding-21mm-x-21mm-2400mm","title":"Oak Scotia Moulding 21mm x 21mm x 2400mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eOak scotia moulding 21mm x 21mm x 2400mm is a concave-profiled hardwood trim used to cover internal corner joins between skirting boards, wooden flooring, and walls. Cut from solid oak, it delivers a clean, consistent finish on flooring and joinery installations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProperty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolid oak hardwood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScotia (concave quarter-round)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNominal Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21mm x 21mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2400mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnfinished (ready to sand, stain, or lacquer)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFixing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePin nails, screws, or adhesive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's used for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConcealing expansion gaps between hardwood or engineered oak flooring and skirting boards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinishing internal wall and floor corners in kitchens, hallways, and living rooms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCovering joins where timber cladding meets an adjacent surface at an internal angle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProviding a tidy border detail in fitted furniture and joinery carpentry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and handling\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBefore fixing, allow the oak to acclimatise in the installation room for at least 48 hours to reduce the risk of movement after fitting. Pin nails are the most common fixing method; adhesive alone can be used where pinning is not practical, provided the substrate is clean and dry. Leave the piece unfinished until fixed in place, then apply your chosen stain, oil, or lacquer to match the surrounding floor or joinery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between scotia and quadrant moulding?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA quadrant has a convex, quarter-circle profile and sits proud of both surfaces it meets. Scotia has a concave curve, which gives a slightly recessed appearance and tends to look less obtrusive where the flooring meets a skirting board.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use 21mm x 21mm oak scotia to cover laminate flooring expansion gaps?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The 21mm width is sufficient to cover a standard 10-12mm expansion gap left around the perimeter of most laminate or engineered wood floors. Fix the scotia to the skirting board only, not the floor, so the floor can still move freely beneath it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes oak scotia moulding need treating before use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is supplied unfinished, so you can choose your own finish to match existing woodwork. A clear hardwax oil or water-based lacquer is suitable for most interior applications. Sanding lightly with 120-grit before finishing will give the best result.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full range of hardwood and softwood trims in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/oak-mouldings\"\u003eoak mouldings collection\u003c\/a\u003e at Nottage Timber Merchants. We supply trade and retail customers across Bridgend and South Wales, with next-day delivery available to many local postcodes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between scotia and quadrant moulding?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"A quadrant has a convex, quarter-circle profile and sits proud of both surfaces it meets. Scotia has a concave curve, which gives a slightly recessed appearance and tends to look less obtrusive where the flooring meets a skirting board.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I use 21mm x 21mm oak scotia to cover laminate flooring expansion gaps?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. The 21mm width is sufficient to cover a standard 10-12mm expansion gap left around the perimeter of most laminate or engineered wood floors. Fix the scotia to the skirting board only, not the floor, so the floor can still move freely beneath it.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does oak scotia moulding need treating before use?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is supplied unfinished, so you can choose your own finish to match existing woodwork. A clear hardwax oil or water-based lacquer is suitable for most interior applications. Sanding lightly with 120-grit before finishing will give the best result.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Nottage Timber Merchants","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52568002593105,"sku":"CHES0046","price":13.1,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/1467\/1697\/files\/om002__46087.1701339740.1280.1280.jpg?v=1765236237"},{"product_id":"oak-scotia-moulding-18mm-x-18mm-x-2400mm","title":"Oak Scotia Moulding 18mm x 18mm x 2400mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eOak scotia moulding 18mm x 18mm x 2400mm is a concave hardwood trim used to cover internal corner joins between wood flooring and skirting boards. Cut from solid oak, this 2.4-metre length delivers a clean, consistent finish in flooring and joinery applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProperty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolid oak (hardwood)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNominal Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18mm x 18mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2400mm (2.4m)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScotia (concave quarter-round)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnfinished (ready to stain, oil or lacquer)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUse Class\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal use only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's used for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConcealing the expansion gap between solid or engineered oak flooring and skirting boards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinishing internal corners in fitted furniture, cabinets and alcove joinery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCovering neat joins between wall panelling and floor level trim\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProviding a tidy border detail in staircase risers and step nosing assemblies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and handling\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBefore installation, allow the moulding to acclimatise in the room for at least 48 hours so the timber adjusts to the ambient temperature and humidity, reducing any risk of movement after fixing. Fix using oval lost-head pins, a brad nailer, or a suitable wood adhesive - pin fixing into the skirting rather than the floor allows the floor to expand and contract freely beneath. Once fixed, fill any pin holes with a matching oak wood filler, then finish with your chosen stain, oil or lacquer to match your existing floor or trim.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between oak scotia moulding and oak quadrant moulding?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eScotia has a concave (hollow) profile, which creates a slightly deeper shadow line and tends to bridge the corner gap more generously than a quadrant. Quadrant moulding has a convex quarter-circle profile. Both serve the same purpose of covering the expansion gap at floor level, so the choice is largely aesthetic.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use this oak scotia moulding with engineered wood flooring?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. An 18mm x 18mm scotia is a common choice alongside both solid and engineered oak floors. Because it is fixed to the skirting board rather than the floor surface, the floor beneath remains free to move, which is essential with floating engineered installations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this moulding come pre-finished or will I need to stain it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is supplied unfinished, which gives you full control over the final colour. You can apply an oil, hard-wax oil, lacquer or water-based stain to match your existing floor. Lightly sand to 120 grit before finishing for best results.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full range of \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/oak-mouldings\"\u003eoak mouldings at Nottage Timber Merchants\u003c\/a\u003e, including architraves, ogee and ovolo profiles. We supply trade and retail customers across Bridgend and South Wales, with next-day delivery available to many local postcodes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between oak scotia moulding and oak quadrant moulding?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Scotia has a concave (hollow) profile, which creates a slightly deeper shadow line and tends to bridge the corner gap more generously than a quadrant. Quadrant moulding has a convex quarter-circle profile. Both serve the same purpose of covering the expansion gap at floor level, so the choice is largely aesthetic.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I use this oak scotia moulding with engineered wood flooring?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. An 18mm x 18mm scotia is a common choice alongside both solid and engineered oak floors. Because it is fixed to the skirting board rather than the floor surface, the floor beneath remains free to move, which is essential with floating engineered installations.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does this moulding come pre-finished or will I need to stain it?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is supplied unfinished, which gives you full control over the final colour. You can apply an oil, hard-wax oil, lacquer or water-based stain to match your existing floor. Lightly sand to 120 grit before finishing for best results.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Nottage Timber Merchants","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52568002888017,"sku":"CM\/OM028","price":9.02,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/1467\/1697\/files\/om028__59052.1701339741.1280.1280.jpg?v=1765236257"},{"product_id":"pre-finished-oak-faced-door-frame-lining-kit","title":"Pre-Finished Oak Faced Door Frame Lining Kit","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe pre-finished oak faced door frame lining kit is a ready-to-install internal door lining set supplied with a crown cut American White Oak veneer face and a factory-applied finish, available in 108mm or 133mm widths and in standard or fire-rated versions to suit a wide range of wall thicknesses and building requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProperty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh-density particleboard core with American White Oak veneer face\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFactory pre-finished, no site staining or varnishing required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNominal Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e108mm x 30mm or 133mm x 30mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFire Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNon-fire rated or fire rated (LP1504 certified)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncludes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemovable door stop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVendor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeanta\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's used for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLining door openings in new build residential properties where a pre-finished oak finish is specified to save on site decoration time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRenovation and refurbishment projects where existing door frames are being replaced and a consistent, factory-finished appearance is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFire door installations in dwellings or commercial settings where an LP1504-certified fire-rated lining is needed alongside a fire door leaf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpgrade projects replacing painted or unfinished linings with an oak veneer set to complement engineered or solid oak internal doors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and handling\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow the lining kit to acclimatise in the room where it will be fitted for at least 48 hours before installation, keeping it flat and supported along its full length to prevent any movement in the particleboard core. The removable door stop is designed to be fitted after the door leaf has been hung, which allows you to set the stop accurately against the closed door for a clean, draught-free result. Store flat, off the ground, and away from damp or direct heat sources prior to fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the 108mm and 133mm lining kit widths?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe width refers to the overall depth of the lining set, which needs to match your wall thickness including plaster. The 108mm set suits standard stud or block walls with a finished thickness of around 100mm, while the 133mm set is used where walls are deeper, such as those with thicker masonry or additional insulation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need to apply any finish to the oak veneer on site?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The factory pre-applied finish means the lining is ready to install straight from the pack. There is no need for sanding, staining, or varnishing on site, which saves time and reduces mess during a fit-out or renovation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs a fire-rated lining kit required when fitting a fire door?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, in most cases. Where a fire door leaf is required under building regulations, the frame and lining must also be fire rated to maintain the integrity of the fire resisting assembly. The fire-rated version of this kit carries LP1504 certification and is suitable for use with FD30 fire door sets.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between the 108mm and 133mm lining kit widths?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The width refers to the overall depth of the lining set, which needs to match your wall thickness including plaster. The 108mm set suits standard stud or block walls with a finished thickness of around 100mm, while the 133mm set is used where walls are deeper, such as those with thicker masonry or additional insulation.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do I need to apply any finish to the oak veneer on site?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. The factory pre-applied finish means the lining is ready to install straight from the pack. There is no need for sanding, staining, or varnishing on site, which saves time and reduces mess during a fit-out or renovation.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is a fire-rated lining kit required when fitting a fire door?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, in most cases. Where a fire door leaf is required under building regulations, the frame and lining must also be fire rated to maintain the integrity of the fire resisting assembly. The fire-rated version of this kit carries LP1504 certification and is suitable for use with FD30 fire door sets.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cp\u003eNottage Timber Merchants stocks a full range of internal door linings and frames to suit both standard and fire door applications. Browse the complete \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/door-linings-frames\"\u003edoor linings and frames collection\u003c\/a\u003e online, or contact our Bridgend branch for trade pricing and project quantities, with next-day delivery available across South Wales.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Deanta","offers":[{"title":"108mm x 30mm \/ Non-Fire Rated","offer_id":52575864324433,"sku":"DFOKRS108","price":75.86,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"108mm x 30mm \/ Fire Rated","offer_id":52575864357201,"sku":"DFOKRSFD108FS","price":115.28,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"133mm x 30mm \/ Non-Fire Rated","offer_id":52575864389969,"sku":"DFOKRS133","price":81.86,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"133mm x 30mm \/ Fire Rated","offer_id":52575864422737,"sku":"DFOKRSFD133FS","price":119.14,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/1467\/1697\/files\/deanta-oak-fully-finished-30-x-133-x-2100mm-universal-door-linin__10076.1725279771.1280.1280.jpg?v=1765324874"},{"product_id":"rustic-solid-oak-shelves","title":"Rustic Solid Oak Shelves","description":"\u003cp\u003eRustic solid oak shelves machined from character-grade solid oak, not MDF or veneered board. Available in lengths from 0.6m to 1.5m at a nominal 50mm x 100mm section, these shelves suit exposed, natural-look interiors where grain, knots, and movement are part of the appeal.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProperty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolid oak\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRustic \/ character grade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnfinished, ready for oiling, waxing, or sealing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNominal Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50mm x 100mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLengths\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.6m, 0.9m, 1.2m, 1.5m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSawn and machined flat shelf\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's used for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlcove shelving in living rooms and dining rooms where natural character grain suits an exposed, unfitted look\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKitchen shelving above worktops or ranges, finished with a food-safe oil to protect against humidity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBathroom or utility shelving in well-ventilated spaces, sealed to resist moisture absorption\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFireplace mantels and hearth shelves in smaller chimney breast openings where a full mantel is not required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and handling\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow these shelves to acclimatise in the room where they will be fitted for at least five to seven days before fixing, particularly in rooms with underfloor heating or wood-burning stoves, as solid oak will move with changes in temperature and humidity. Fix using concealed shelf brackets rated for the intended load, or proprietary floating shelf hardware with a minimum of two fixing points per shelf. Apply two coats of a penetrating oil or hard wax oil before or after fitting to protect the surface and reduce the risk of staining.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these rustic oak shelves structural or decorative?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey are suitable for general shelving loads such as books, ornaments, and kitchenware, but they are not structural timbers. The rustic grade means natural features including knots and shakes are present; Nottage Timber Merchants' joinery team checks each piece to confirm it is fit for use as a shelf before despatch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I cut these oak shelves to a shorter length on site?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Solid oak cuts cleanly with a fine-tooth hand saw or circular saw fitted with a wood-cutting blade. Always measure and mark carefully, and seal any cut ends promptly with oil or wax to reduce moisture uptake at the exposed grain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Are these rustic oak shelves structural or decorative?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"They are suitable for general shelving loads such as books, ornaments, and kitchenware, but they are not structural timbers. The rustic grade means natural features including knots and shakes are present; Nottage Timber Merchants' joinery team checks each piece to confirm it is fit for use as a shelf before despatch.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Can I cut these oak shelves to a shorter length on site?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. Solid oak cuts cleanly with a fine-tooth hand saw or circular saw fitted with a wood-cutting blade. Always measure and mark carefully, and seal any cut ends promptly with oil or wax to reduce moisture uptake at the exposed grain.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor complementary oak finishing profiles and trims, browse the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/oak-mouldings\"\u003eoak mouldings collection\u003c\/a\u003e at Nottage Timber Merchants. Customers in the Bridgend and wider South Wales area can contact us directly for availability and collection options on stocked lengths.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nottage Timber Merchants","offers":[{"title":"50mm \/ 100mm \/ 0.6m","offer_id":52575868354897,"sku":"35828-50-10-06","price":13.2,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"50mm \/ 100mm \/ 0.9m","offer_id":52575868387665,"sku":"35828-50-10-09","price":19.8,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"50mm \/ 100mm \/ 1.2m","offer_id":52575868420433,"sku":"35828-50-10-12","price":26.4,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"50mm \/ 100mm \/ 1.5m","offer_id":52575868453201,"sku":"35828-50-10-15","price":33.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"50mm \/ 100mm \/ 1.8m","offer_id":52575868485969,"sku":"35828-50-10-18","price":39.6,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"50mm \/ 100mm \/ 2.4m","offer_id":52575868518737,"sku":"35828-50-10-24","price":52.8,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"50mm \/ 150mm \/ 0.6m","offer_id":52575868551505,"sku":"35828-50-15-06","price":19.8,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"50mm \/ 150mm \/ 0.9m","offer_id":52575868584273,"sku":"35828-50-15-09","price":28.6,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"50mm \/ 150mm \/ 1.2m","offer_id":52575868617041,"sku":"35828-50-15-12","price":39.6,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"50mm \/ 150mm \/ 1.5m","offer_id":52575868649809,"sku":"35828-50-15-15","price":48.4,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"50mm \/ 150mm \/ 1.8m","offer_id":52575868682577,"sku":"35828-50-15-18","price":59.4,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"50mm \/ 150mm \/ 2.4m","offer_id":52575868715345,"sku":"35828-50-15-24","price":74.8,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"50mm \/ 200mm \/ 0.6m","offer_id":52575868748113,"sku":"35828-50-20-06","price":26.4,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"50mm \/ 200mm \/ 0.9m","offer_id":52575868780881,"sku":"35828-50-20-09","price":39.6,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"50mm \/ 200mm \/ 1.2m","offer_id":52575868813649,"sku":"35828-50-20-12","price":52.8,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"50mm \/ 200mm \/ 1.5m","offer_id":52575868846417,"sku":"35828-50-20-15","price":66.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"50mm \/ 200mm \/ 1.8m","offer_id":52575868879185,"sku":"35828-50-20-18","price":70.4,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"50mm \/ 200mm \/ 2.4m","offer_id":52575868911953,"sku":"35828-50-20-24","price":70.4,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/1467\/1697\/files\/untitled__61398.1707148802.1280.1280.jpg?v=1765325025"},{"product_id":"rustic-oak-fireplace-mantel-shelf","title":"Rustic Oak Fireplace Mantel Shelf Solid Timber","description":"\u003cp\u003eRustic oak fireplace mantel shelves, machined from solid single-length timber with no glue joints, these shelves suit traditional and contemporary fireplaces alike. Available in lengths from 0.6 m to 1.5 m, each piece retains the natural character of the oak including knots, checks, and grain variation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProperty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolid oak\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRustic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndividually planed, unfinished\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNominal Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 mm x 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLengths\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.6 m, 0.9 m, 1.2 m, 1.5 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJoints\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle-length, no glue joints\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's used for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFireplace mantel shelf above a stove insert, gas fire, or open hearth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePart of a full fireplace surround when combined with matching oak pilasters or legs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecorative floating shelf in alcoves, hallways, or living rooms where a rustic oak finish is wanted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBespoke LED-lit display shelf, with a rebate cut to order for strip lighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and handling\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow the shelf to acclimatise in the room where it will be fitted for at least five to seven days before fixing, particularly in rooms with a working fireplace where temperature and humidity vary. The shelf can be fixed using construction adhesive, screws through a timber batten, or dowel rods depending on the wall substrate and the weight it will carry. Once fitted, finish with a suitable hard-wax oil or clear matt lacquer to protect the grain and prevent staining from ornaments or heat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order a length shorter than 0.6 m?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Nottage Timber Merchants accepts bespoke orders, including shorter lengths and non-standard sizes. Contact the yard in Bridgend directly to discuss your requirements before placing an order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the knots and checks in rustic oak a defect?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Rustic grade oak is selected specifically for its natural character. Knots, shakes, and grain variation are inherent features of the grade and contribute to the appearance, not signs of structural weakness in a mantel shelf application.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this shelf be used with an LED strip light rebate?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Nottage Timber Merchants can cut a rebate along the underside or rear edge of the shelf to accept LED strip lighting. Request this as a bespoke option when ordering and provide the channel dimensions required by your lighting system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I order a length shorter than 0.6 m?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Nottage Timber Merchants accepts bespoke orders, including shorter lengths and non-standard sizes. Contact the yard in Bridgend directly to discuss your requirements before placing an order.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Are the knots and checks in rustic oak a defect?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. Rustic grade oak is selected specifically for its natural character. Knots, shakes, and grain variation are inherent features of the grade and contribute to the appearance, not signs of structural weakness in a mantel shelf application.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can this shelf be used with an LED strip light rebate?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Nottage Timber Merchants can cut a rebate along the underside or rear edge of the shelf to accept LED strip lighting. Request this as a bespoke option when ordering and provide the channel dimensions required by your lighting system.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor matching oak mouldings to complete a fireplace surround or alcove shelving project, browse the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/oak-mouldings\"\u003eoak mouldings collection\u003c\/a\u003e at Nottage Timber Merchants. Local customers in the Bridgend and South Wales area can collect the same day or ask about next-day delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nottage Timber Merchants","offers":[{"title":"75mm \/ 100mm \/ 0.6m","offer_id":52575869272401,"sku":"35829-75-10-06","price":19.8,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"75mm \/ 100mm \/ 0.9m","offer_id":52575869305169,"sku":"35829-75-10-09","price":28.6,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"75mm \/ 100mm \/ 1.2m","offer_id":52575869337937,"sku":"35829-75-10-12","price":39.6,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"75mm \/ 100mm \/ 1.5m","offer_id":52575869370705,"sku":"35829-75-10-15","price":48.4,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"75mm \/ 100mm \/ 1.8m","offer_id":52575869403473,"sku":"35829-75-10-18","price":59.4,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"75mm \/ 100mm \/ 2.4m","offer_id":52575869436241,"sku":"35829-75-10-24","price":74.8,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"75mm \/ 150mm \/ 0.6m","offer_id":52575869469009,"sku":"35829-75-15-06","price":28.6,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"75mm \/ 150mm \/ 0.9m","offer_id":52575869501777,"sku":"35829-75-15-09","price":44.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"75mm \/ 150mm \/ 1.2m","offer_id":52575869534545,"sku":"35829-75-15-12","price":52.8,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"75mm \/ 150mm \/ 1.5m","offer_id":52575869567313,"sku":"35829-75-15-15","price":72.6,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"75mm \/ 150mm \/ 1.8m","offer_id":52575869600081,"sku":"35829-75-15-18","price":88.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"75mm \/ 150mm \/ 2.4m","offer_id":52575869632849,"sku":"35829-75-15-24","price":105.6,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"75mm \/ 200mm \/ 0.6m","offer_id":52575869665617,"sku":"35829-75-20-06","price":35.25,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"75mm \/ 200mm \/ 0.9m","offer_id":52575869698385,"sku":"35829-75-20-09","price":52.8,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"75mm \/ 200mm \/ 1.2m","offer_id":52575869731153,"sku":"35829-75-20-12","price":52.8,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"75mm \/ 200mm \/ 1.5m","offer_id":52575869763921,"sku":"35829-75-20-15","price":96.8,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"75mm \/ 200mm \/ 1.8m","offer_id":52575869796689,"sku":"35829-75-20-18","price":105.6,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"75mm \/ 200mm \/ 2.4m","offer_id":52575869829457,"sku":"35829-75-20-24","price":105.6,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"100mm \/ 100mm \/ 0.6m","offer_id":52575869862225,"sku":"35829-10-10-06","price":26.4,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"100mm \/ 100mm \/ 0.9m","offer_id":52575869894993,"sku":"35829-10-10-09","price":39.6,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"100mm \/ 100mm \/ 1.2m","offer_id":52575869927761,"sku":"35829-10-10-12","price":52.8,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"100mm \/ 100mm \/ 1.5m","offer_id":52575869960529,"sku":"35829-10-10-15","price":66.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"100mm \/ 100mm \/ 1.8m","offer_id":52575869993297,"sku":"35829-10-10-18","price":74.8,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"100mm \/ 100mm \/ 2.4m","offer_id":52575870026065,"sku":"35829-10-10-24","price":105.6,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"100mm \/ 150mm \/ 0.6m","offer_id":52575870058833,"sku":"35829-10-15-06","price":35.2,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"100mm \/ 150mm \/ 0.9m","offer_id":52575870091601,"sku":"35829-10-15-09","price":52.8,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"100mm \/ 150mm \/ 1.2m","offer_id":52575870124369,"sku":"35829-10-15-12","price":52.8,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"100mm \/ 150mm \/ 1.5m","offer_id":52575870157137,"sku":"35829-10-15-15","price":96.8,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"100mm \/ 150mm \/ 1.8m","offer_id":52575870189905,"sku":"35829-10-15-18","price":105.6,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"100mm \/ 150mm \/ 2.4m","offer_id":52575870222673,"sku":"35829-10-15-24","price":105.6,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"100mm \/ 200mm \/ 0.6m","offer_id":52575870255441,"sku":"35829-10-20-06","price":35.2,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"100mm \/ 200mm \/ 0.9m","offer_id":52575870288209,"sku":"35829-10-20-09","price":52.8,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"100mm \/ 200mm \/ 1.2m","offer_id":52575870320977,"sku":"35829-10-20-12","price":52.8,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"100mm \/ 200mm \/ 1.5m","offer_id":52575870353745,"sku":"35829-10-20-15","price":105.6,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"100mm \/ 200mm \/ 1.8m","offer_id":52575870386513,"sku":"35829-10-20-18","price":105.6,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"100mm \/ 200mm \/ 2.4m","offer_id":52575870419281,"sku":"35829-10-20-24","price":105.6,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/1467\/1697\/files\/oakmantel.webp?v=1769517178"},{"product_id":"solid-oak-wall-panelling-strips-15mm-x-32mm-x-2100mm","title":"Solid Oak Wall Panelling Strips 15mm x 32mm x 2.1m (each)","description":"\u003cp\u003e Ideal for contemporary timber wall panelling projects, each length is hand-inspected at our South Wales yard and arrives ready for immediate installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProperty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAmerican White Oak (solid)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2100mm (2.1m)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlat strip, square-edged\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachined, thicknessed from 25mm stock\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSold As\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePer single length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's used for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeature wall panelling in living rooms, hallways, and bedrooms using vertical or horizontal strip layouts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDado and picture rail zones where a repeating timber strip pattern is fixed to a painted or plastered wall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBar, restaurant, and retail interior cladding where a natural oak finish is required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeadboard-style bedroom wall features and alcove linings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and handling\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow the strips to acclimatise in the installation room for at least 48 hours before fixing, keeping them flat and evenly supported to prevent bowing. Fix to a planed, flat substrate using panel adhesive, a brad nailer, or countersunk screws, spacing strips to your preferred gap. A 16mm gap between strips means 21 boards per horizontal run will cover approximately 2.1 square metres. Finish with a suitable interior oak oil, hard wax oil, or clear lacquer to protect the surface and bring out the natural grain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many solid oak wall panelling strips do I need to cover a wall?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith a 16mm spacing between strips, 21 lengths will cover roughly 2.1 square metres. Measure your wall area, calculate the number of strips and gaps that fit the width, then add 10 per cent for waste and any cuts around sockets or switches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan these oak strips be used in a bathroom or kitchen?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSolid oak will move with changes in humidity, so these strips are best suited to dry interior spaces. If you want to use them in a kitchen or bathroom, ensure good ventilation, apply a moisture-resistant finish such as a hard wax oil, and allow adequate expansion gaps at edges.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between American White Oak and European Oak for wall panelling?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAmerican White Oak offers a consistent, straight grain with a slightly lighter and more uniform colour than European Oak. It machines cleanly, takes stains and oils well, and is widely used in interior joinery and furniture, making it a reliable choice for visible wall panelling applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse our full range of \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/oak-mouldings\"\u003eoak mouldings and oak timber sections\u003c\/a\u003e to find matching architraves, skirting, and decorative profiles. Nottage Timber Merchants offer next-day delivery across the Bridgend area and throughout South Wales on stocked lines.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many solid oak wall panelling strips do I need to cover a wall?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"With a 16mm spacing between strips, 21 lengths will cover roughly 2.1 square metres. Measure your wall area, calculate the number of strips and gaps that fit the width, then add 10 per cent for waste and any cuts around sockets or switches.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Can these oak strips be used in a bathroom or kitchen?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Solid oak will move with changes in humidity, so these strips are best suited to dry interior spaces. If you want to use them in a kitchen or bathroom, ensure good ventilation, apply a moisture-resistant finish such as a hard wax oil, and allow adequate expansion gaps at edges.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the difference between American White Oak and European Oak for wall panelling?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"American White Oak offers a consistent, straight grain with a slightly lighter and more uniform colour than European Oak. It machines cleanly, takes stains and oils well, and is widely used in interior joinery and furniture, making it a reliable choice for visible wall panelling applications.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Nottage Timber Merchants","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52576060342609,"sku":null,"price":9.58,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/1467\/1697\/files\/adobestock-253295994__09930.1710750065.1280.1280.jpg?v=1765327200"},{"product_id":"oak-firecheck-glazing-bead-hockey-stick-23x26x2400mm","title":"Oak Firecheck Glazing Bead Hockey Stick 23mm x 26mm x 2400mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eOak firecheck glazing bead in a hockey stick profile, 23mm x 26mm x 2400mm, is designed to retain glass panels within fire door assemblies. The shaped rebate holds glazing firmly while providing a clean hardwood finish that complements both stained and painted fire door sets.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProperty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOak hardwood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNominal Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23mm x 26mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2400mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHockey stick (cushion corner angle)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFire door glazing bead\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's used for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRetaining glass panels in oak fire doors, including FD30 and FD60 rated sets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFraming vision panels in internal fire doors across commercial, office and residential projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacing worn or damaged glazing beads on existing hardwood fire door frames\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMatching surrounding oak door linings and architraves for a consistent finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and handling\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow the bead to acclimatise in the room where it will be fitted for at least 48 hours before fixing, particularly in heated interiors, to minimise movement after installation. Fix using a fire-rated adhesive or hardened pins, ensuring the bead seats flush against the glass rebate with no gaps that could compromise the integrity of the fire door assembly. Finish with a compatible oil, stain or paint once fitted, and store any unused lengths flat and off the ground in a dry environment to prevent distortion.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this glazing bead suitable for FD30 fire doors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis bead is manufactured as a firecheck glazing bead for use on fire door assemblies. You should always verify compatibility with the specific door manufacturer's certification and, if required, consult a fire door specialist to confirm the complete assembly meets the relevant fire rating standard.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I paint or stain this oak glazing bead?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Oak accepts oil, stain and paint finishes well. Lightly sand the surface before applying your chosen finish, and use a product suitable for hardwood to achieve an even, durable result.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many lengths do I need for a standard fire door vision panel?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA typical vision panel will require four cut lengths from one or two 2400mm sticks depending on panel size. Measure the perimeter of your glass aperture, add a small allowance for mitre cuts, and round up to the nearest full length to avoid short measure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is this glazing bead suitable for FD30 fire doors?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"This bead is manufactured as a firecheck glazing bead for use on fire door assemblies. You should always verify compatibility with the specific door manufacturer's certification and, if required, consult a fire door specialist to confirm the complete assembly meets the relevant fire rating standard.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I paint or stain this oak glazing bead?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Oak accepts oil, stain and paint finishes well. Lightly sand the surface before applying your chosen finish, and use a product suitable for hardwood to achieve an even, durable result.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How many lengths do I need for a standard fire door vision panel?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"A typical vision panel will require four cut lengths from one or two 2400mm sticks depending on panel size. Measure the perimeter of your glass aperture, add a small allowance for mitre cuts, and round up to the nearest full length to avoid short measure.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full range of \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/oak-mouldings\"\u003eoak mouldings\u003c\/a\u003e at Nottage Timber Merchants, including matching architraves, door stops and cover beads. We supply trade and retail customers across South Wales, with next-day delivery available to the Bridgend area and surrounding regions.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Cheshire Mouldings","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52576568738129,"sku":"OM025","price":179.2,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/1467\/1697\/files\/OM025__11889.1713780067.1280.1280.jpg?v=1765343876"},{"product_id":"solid-oak-pigs-ear-wall-mounted-handrail-4200mm","title":"Solid Oak Pig's Ear Wall Mounted Handrail 4.2m","description":"\u003cp\u003eSolid oak pig's ear handrail in a 4.2m length, wall mounted and ready to cut to suit your staircase, landing, ramp or level walkway. Made from American white oak, this hardwearing profile offers a smooth, comfortable grip and a clean natural finish for both residential and commercial settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAmerican white oak (solid)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePig's ear (wall-mounted handrail)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.2 metres (4200mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnfinished (ready to sand, stain or lacquer)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall mounted, internal use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's used for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStaircase handrails fixed directly to a wall, replacing or complementing a balustrade system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLanding and mezzanine edge rails where a wall-mounted solution is preferred\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisabled access ramps and level walkways requiring a continuous, graspable rail to meet building regulations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRefurbishment projects where an existing pine or softwood handrail is being upgraded to hardwood oak\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and handling\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow the handrail to acclimatise in the installation space for at least 48 hours before fixing, particularly in heated rooms, to minimise movement after fitting. Fix directly to the wall through the underside of the profile using standard screws, and use oak pellets or plugs to cover fixings for a flush, tidy finish. Once fitted, apply two to three coats of a hardwax oil, lacquer or stain suitable for interior hardwood to protect the surface and bring out the natural grain of the oak.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this handrail be cut to a shorter length on site?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The 4.2m length can be cut down using a standard mitre saw or hand saw. If your staircase requires a raking cut or return mitre at the top or bottom, the profile can be mitred on site or by our team at Nottage Timber Merchants before despatch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this handrail meet UK building regulations for domestic staircases?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe pig's ear profile provides a continuous, graspable surface and is widely used in domestic and commercial installations to comply with Part K of the Building Regulations. Your fixing centres and bracket selection will also need to meet the relevant guidance, so check with your architect or building control officer if you are unsure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat fixings and brackets do I need to wall mount this handrail?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eStandard wall-mounted handrail brackets compatible with a pig's ear profile are required. These are not included with the handrail. Fix brackets at no more than 1200mm centres, or as specified by the bracket manufacturer, into solid masonry or timber noggins behind plasterboard.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can this handrail be cut to a shorter length on site?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. The 4.2m length can be cut down using a standard mitre saw or hand saw. If your staircase requires a raking cut or return mitre at the top or bottom, the profile can be mitred on site or by our team at Nottage Timber Merchants before despatch.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does this handrail meet UK building regulations for domestic staircases?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The pig's ear profile provides a continuous, graspable surface and is widely used in domestic and commercial installations to comply with Part K of the Building Regulations. Your fixing centres and bracket selection will also need to meet the relevant guidance, so check with your architect or building control officer if you are unsure.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What fixings and brackets do I need to wall mount this handrail?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Standard wall-mounted handrail brackets compatible with a pig's ear profile are required. These are not included with the handrail. Fix brackets at no more than 1200mm centres, or as specified by the bracket manufacturer, into solid masonry or timber noggins behind plasterboard.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor other staircase and joinery components to complete your project, browse our range of \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/oak-mouldings\"\u003eoak mouldings\u003c\/a\u003e including base rails, cappings and architrave profiles. Nottage Timber Merchants offer next-day delivery across South Wales and the Bridgend area, or you can collect directly from our yard.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nottage Timber Merchants","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52911923364177,"sku":null,"price":133.26,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/1467\/1697\/files\/oakpigsear.webp?v=1769516274"},{"product_id":"american-white-oak-mopstick-wall-handrail-44mm","title":"American White Oak Mopstick Wall Handrail 44mm x 4.2m","description":"\u003cp\u003eAmerican White Oak Mopstick Handrail, 44mm diameter and 4.2 metres long, is a solid hardwood wall rail designed for staircase and landing installations in homes, commercial buildings and accessible environments. The smooth, rounded mopstick profile is comfortable to grip and straightforward to fix directly to a wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolid American White Oak\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMopstick (round)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNominal Diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e44mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.2m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnfinished (sanded, ready to coat)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's used for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWall-mounted staircase handrails in residential properties, fixed directly to the stringer wall using 44mm handrail brackets\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLanding and corridor handrails in commercial and public buildings where a hardwood finish is specified\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDisabled access ramps and DDA-compliant installations, where a continuous round rail of this diameter is a common requirement\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEntrances, nurseries and gym spaces where a robust, easy-to-clean hardwood rail is needed alongside glass or steel balustrades\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and handling\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllow the rail to acclimatise in the installation space for at least 48 hours before fixing, particularly in rooms with underfloor heating or significant temperature variation. Fix using 44mm handrail brackets at centres of no more than 1.2 metres, and use matching end caps to finish cut ends neatly. Apply a clear hardwax oil, lacquer or stain-and-seal product once in place to protect the timber from moisture and everyday handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this handrail be used outside?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAmerican White Oak has reasonable natural durability, but this rail is supplied unfinished and is intended for interior use. If you plan to use it in a covered external area, it would need a suitable exterior-grade oil or finish applied regularly, and exposure to standing water should be avoided.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat brackets do I need to fix a 44mm mopstick handrail to a wall?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou need 44mm bore wall-mounted handrail brackets. These are available from Nottage Timber Merchants alongside matching end caps. Space brackets at no more than 1.2-metre centres for a secure, compliant installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I cut this handrail down to a shorter length on site?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The rail can be cut to length with a fine-tooth hand saw or mitre saw. Sand any cut ends smooth, then seal immediately with your chosen finish to prevent moisture ingress at the end grain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our full range of \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/oak-mouldings\"\u003eoak mouldings and hardwood profiles\u003c\/a\u003e to find matching components for your project. Nottage Timber Merchants supply trade and retail customers across Bridgend and South Wales, with next-day delivery available to many local postcodes on stocked lines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can this handrail be used outside?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"American White Oak has reasonable natural durability, but this rail is supplied unfinished and is intended for interior use. If you plan to use it in a covered external area, it would need a suitable exterior-grade oil or finish applied regularly, and exposure to standing water should be avoided.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What brackets do I need to fix a 44mm mopstick handrail to a wall?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"You need 44mm bore wall-mounted handrail brackets. These are available from Nottage Timber Merchants alongside matching end caps. Space brackets at no more than 1.2-metre centres for a secure, compliant installation.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can I cut this handrail down to a shorter length on site?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. The rail can be cut to length with a fine-tooth hand saw or mitre saw. Sand any cut ends smooth, then seal immediately with your chosen finish to prevent moisture ingress at the end grain.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Nottage Timber Merchants","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52912044835153,"sku":null,"price":98.4,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/1467\/1697\/files\/solid-white-oak-4.2m-mopstick-44mm-wall-mounted-staircase-hand-rail-28882-dv-p.jpg?v=1769517000"},{"product_id":"american-white-oak-stair-tread-1000mm-x-270mm-x-22mm","title":"American White Oak Stair Tread 1000mm x 270mm x 22mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eAmerican White Oak stair treads offer a classic, durable surface for timber staircases in homes and commercial interiors. Each tread is engineered for dimensional stability and features a 90mm solid bullnose front edge, supplied unfinished at 270mm wide and 22mm thick, available in 1000mm or 1500mm lengths.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAmerican White Oak (engineered construction)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTreatment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnfinished - ready to oil, wax, or varnish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNominal Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000mm x 270mm x 22mm (also available 1500mm x 270mm x 22mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength(s)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000mm \/ 1500mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90mm solid bullnose front edge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal stair tread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's used for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReplacing worn or damaged stair treads on existing timber staircases in residential properties\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNew-build staircase installations where a hardwood finish is specified\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRenovation and refurbishment projects upgrading from softwood or carpet to solid oak\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCommercial interiors such as offices, showrooms, and hospitality spaces requiring a hardwearing, attractive stair surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and handling\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllow the treads to acclimatise in the room where they will be fitted for at least 48 to 72 hours before installation, as oak will adjust to the ambient temperature and humidity of the space. Fix using construction adhesive combined with countersunk screws, filling any screw holes prior to finishing. Once fitted, apply two or three coats of a hardwax oil, floor oil, or water-based varnish to protect the surface and bring out the natural grain of the oak.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat finish should I use on an American White Oak stair tread?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHardwax oil is a popular choice for oak stair treads in the UK as it penetrates the grain, provides good wear resistance, and is straightforward to touch up in high-traffic areas. Floor-grade varnish offers a harder surface film, while natural oils give a more matte, traditional appearance. The right choice depends on the level of foot traffic and your preferred aesthetic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I cut the tread down to fit a narrower staircase?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. These treads are supplied unfinished and can be cut to width or length on site using a circular saw or table saw fitted with a fine-tooth blade. Always re-finish any cut edges before fitting to seal the end grain and prevent moisture ingress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the 1000mm tread wide enough for a standard UK staircase?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost standard domestic staircases in the UK have a clear width of between 800mm and 900mm, so the 1000mm tread provides enough material to cut to width with a small allowance. For wider staircases or feature stairways, the 1500mm option is available and may better suit your requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our full range of \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/oak-mouldings\"\u003eoak mouldings and staircase components\u003c\/a\u003e at Nottage Timber Merchants. We supply trade and retail customers across Bridgend, South Wales, and beyond, with next-day delivery available to many South Wales postcodes - contact us to confirm your area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What finish should I use on an American White Oak stair tread?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Hardwax oil is a popular choice for oak stair treads in the UK as it penetrates the grain, provides good wear resistance, and is straightforward to touch up in high-traffic areas. Floor-grade varnish offers a harder surface film, while natural oils give a more matte, traditional appearance. The right choice depends on the level of foot traffic and your preferred aesthetic.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can I cut the tread down to fit a narrower staircase?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. These treads are supplied unfinished and can be cut to width or length on site using a circular saw or table saw fitted with a fine-tooth blade. Always re-finish any cut edges before fitting to seal the end grain and prevent moisture ingress.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Is the 1000mm tread wide enough for a standard UK staircase?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Most standard domestic staircases in the UK have a clear width of between 800mm and 900mm, so the 1000mm tread provides enough material to cut to width with a small allowance. For wider staircases or feature stairways, the 1500mm option is available and may better suit your requirements.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Nottage Timber Merchants","offers":[{"title":"1000mm","offer_id":53217516781905,"sku":null,"price":35.94,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"1500mm","offer_id":53217521926481,"sku":null,"price":60.96,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/1467\/1697\/files\/oaktreads.jpg?v=1769517638"},{"product_id":"solid-white-oak-cushion-corner-moulding-21mm-x-21mm-2400mm","title":"Solid White Oak Cushion Corner Moulding 21mm x 21mm 2400mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eSolid white oak cushion corner moulding at 21mm x 21mm x 2400mm offers a softened, rounded 90-degree profile for finishing exposed internal corners with a clean, durable edge. Suited to staircase work, joinery fit-out, and architectural trim where a neat oak angle is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolid white oak\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNominal Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21mm x 21mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2400mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCushion corner (rounded 90-degree angle)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachined, unfinished\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat it's used for\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNeatening and protecting exposed external corner joints in interior joinery and stud-wall finishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNosing stair treads on oak staircases where a softened edge profile is preferred to a sharp arris\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConcealing gaps at corner junctions between panels, linings, or decorative boards in fit-out work\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProviding a decorative angle bead in kitchen, bedroom, or office furniture installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and handling\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhite oak mouldings should be acclimatised in the room where they will be installed for at least 48 hours before fixing, allowing the timber to adjust to the local temperature and humidity and reducing the risk of movement after fitting. Fix with an appropriate wood adhesive and lost-head pins or a nail gun set to avoid bruising the face, then fill and sand flush before applying your chosen oil, wax, or clear lacquer finish. Store lengths flat and off the ground, supported along their full length, until ready to use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is a cushion corner moulding used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA cushion corner moulding is fitted along exposed 90-degree internal corners to protect the edge, conceal any gap between adjoining surfaces, and provide a smooth, rounded finish rather than a sharp arris. It is commonly used in staircase work, joinery, and interior fit-out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this moulding suitable for stair tread nosing?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The rounded profile makes it a practical choice for nosing the front edge of a stair tread, softening the corner and improving the finished appearance. It should be glued and pinned securely and finished with a hard-wearing oil or lacquer suitable for floor and stair use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I paint or stain this white oak corner moulding?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis moulding is supplied unfinished, so it can be oiled, waxed, stained, or lacquered to suit your project. White oak accepts most wood finishes well. Lightly sand with 180-grit paper along the grain before applying any finish, and ensure the timber is fully acclimatised and dry first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full range of \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/oak-mouldings\"\u003eoak mouldings at Nottage Timber Merchants\u003c\/a\u003e, including architraves, angle beads, and cover strips. We supply trade and retail customers across South Wales, with delivery available to the Bridgend area and beyond.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is a cushion corner moulding used for?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"A cushion corner moulding is fitted along exposed 90-degree internal corners to protect the edge, conceal any gap between adjoining surfaces, and provide a smooth, rounded finish rather than a sharp arris. It is commonly used in staircase work, joinery, and interior fit-out.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Is this moulding suitable for stair tread nosing?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. The rounded profile makes it a practical choice for nosing the front edge of a stair tread, softening the corner and improving the finished appearance. It should be glued and pinned securely and finished with a hard-wearing oil or lacquer suitable for floor and stair use.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can I paint or stain this white oak corner moulding?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"This moulding is supplied unfinished, so it can be oiled, waxed, stained, or lacquered to suit your project. White oak accepts most wood finishes well. Lightly sand with 180-grit paper along the grain before applying any finish, and ensure the timber is fully acclimatised and dry first.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Nottage Timber Merchants","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52920957993297,"sku":null,"price":13.1,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/1467\/1697\/files\/OAKCUSHION.jpg?v=1769587571"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0994\/1467\/1697\/collections\/vecteezy_smoothly-finished-wooden-table-corner-showcasing_66934412.jpg?v=1769250530","url":"https:\/\/www.timberonline.co.uk\/collections\/oak.oembed?page=3","provider":"Nottage Timber Merchants","version":"1.0","type":"link"}